469822585-Fujifilm-DRYPIX-4000-Plus-15E-pdf

Prévia do material em texto

SERVICE MANUAL
Document No. 006-267-15E
First Edition Nov. 05, 2004
Revised Edition May. 07, 2014
No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval 
system, or transmitted in any form or by means, electronic, me-
chanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without the prior writ-
ten permission of FUJIFILM Corporation.
Copyright © 2005-2011 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
FUJI MEDICAL DRY LASER IMAGER
Printed in Japan
DRYPIX 4000
DRYPIX Plus
DRYPIX 4000
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
0.1
0.1006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
1. HANDLING THIS SERVICE MANUAL
1.1 About This Service Manual
n Scope
This Service Manual applies to the Fuji Medical Dry Laser Imager DRYPIX 4000.
The "Model:DRYPIX 4000" comes in two variations: max 2-tray model (DRYPIX 4000) 
and max 3-tray model (DRYPIX Plus). The information in this manual describes the 
two variations separately when necessary.
n Notation of Unit Symbols
For notation of unit symbols, metric units set forth in the International Systems of Units 
(SI) are used, as a rule. However, some metric units that are not allowed in the SI but 
are permitted under the Measurement Law are partially used.
1.2 Service Manual Appropriations
1. All rights are reserved by the FUJIFILM Corporation (FUJIFILM).
2. Manual usage is restricted to FUJIFILM equipment related technical and service 
personnel.
3. This manual contains information relating to FUJIFILM equipment and is therefore 
proprietary. Unauthorized disclosure is prohibited.
4. FUJIFILM's prior consent is required in regard to the following.
•	 Manual	copying	in	whole	or	in	part.
•	 Disclosure	of	manual	contents	to	unauthorized	personnel.
•	 Manual	uses	for	purposes	other	than	technical	service.
5. The contents of this manual are subject to changes for product improvement.
6. Accompanying documents were originally drafted in the English language.
1.3 About Notation in the Manual
n Notation of Cautions, Warning, etc.
The notation formats of "WARNING", "CAUTION", "INSTRUCTIONS", "NOTE", 
"REMARKS" and "REFERENCE" are shown below.
 WARNING
Indicated where failure to observe the instruction given may result in death or 
serious injuries.
 CAUTION
Indicated where failure to observe the instruction given may result in light or 
moderate injuries, or serious malfunction (unrecoverable or difficult to recover) 
of the equipment.
<INSTRUCTIONS>
Indicated where failure to observe the instruction given may result in damage to 
the equipment, or other problems.
<NOTE>
Indicated where special attention is required during a work procedure.
<REMARKS>
Indicated where description of the term used or supplementary explanation is given.
n Indication of Refer To
The " " mark is used to indicate the chapter or section you should refer to.
Its format is as indicated below.
 {MC:1.1_Cover}
■ Notation in the manual
This service manual refers to the model that can be extended up to 2 trays as the “max 
2-tray model,” and the model that can be extended up to 3 trays as the “max 3-tray 
model.”
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
0.2
0.2006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
1.4 Servicing Instruments and Tools That 
Require Inspection/Calibration
The machine should be installed and serviced by use of servicing instruments and 
tools that have been regularly inspected and calibrated as appropriate.
If the machine were serviced using servicing instruments and tools that have not 
been inspected and calibrated, proper performance of the machine could not be 
guaranteed.
Servicing instruments and tools that require inspection/calibration are as listed below.
The inspection/calibration should be planned and performed in accordance with the 
specifications	and	instruction	manuals	of	the	applicable	servicing	instruments	and	
tools.
n Instruments and Tools That Require Inspection/Calibration
Name Inspection Calibration
Digital multimeter 
Densitometer 
Steel ruler (300 mm) 
DRYPIX 4000 (Max 2-tray model) Service Manual
0.3
0.3006-267-11E
06.30.2011 FM5886
GENERAL CONTENTS SAFETY PRECAUTION
SAFETY PRECAUTION 
(Max 2-tray model)
1. SAFETY PRECAUTION ............................................. 1
1.1 General Precautions ........................................................................1
1.2 Precautions Against Laser Radiation ..............................................3
2. LABELS .................................................................... 4
2.1 Laser Caution Labels ......................................................................4
2.1.1 Locations of Laser Caution Labels ..............................................................4
2.1.2 List of Laser Caution Labels........................................................................5
2.2 Other Labels ....................................................................................6
2.2.1 Locations of Other Labels ...........................................................................6
2.2.2 List of Labels ...............................................................................................7
2.3 Additional Protective Grounding Earth Mark .................................10
2.3.1 Imprint Location.........................................................................................10
2.3.2 Imprints .....................................................................................................10
2.4 Power Cable Caution Label ...........................................................10
3. PROTECTIVE HOUSING FOR LASER RADIATION 
EXPOSURE PREVENTION ...................................... 11
4. CONNECTABLE PERIPHERALS .............................. 12
5. CLASSIFICATION ................................................... 12
6. Caution on Electromagnetic Waves ...................... 13
6.1 Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) ............................................13
6.2 Further Information for IEC60601-1-2 ED2.1:2004 .......................13
DRYPIX 4000 (Max 3-tray model) Service Manual
0.4
0.4006-267-12E
10.07.2011
GENERAL CONTENTS SAFETY PRECAUTION
SAFETY PRECAUTION 
(Max 3-tray model)
1. SAFETY PRECAUTION ............................................. 1
1.1 General Precautions ........................................................................1
1.2 Precautions Against Laser Radiation ..............................................3
2. LABELS .................................................................... 4
2.1 Laser Caution Labels ......................................................................4
2.1.1 Locations of Laser Caution Labels ..............................................................4
2.1.2 List of Laser Caution Labels........................................................................5
2.2 Other Labels ....................................................................................6
2.2.1 Locations of Other Labels ...........................................................................6
2.2.2 List of Labels ...............................................................................................8
2.3 Additional Protective Grounding Earth Mark ...................................9
2.3.1 Imprint Location...........................................................................................9
2.3.2 Imprints .......................................................................................................9
2.4 Power Cable Caution Label ...........................................................10
3. PROTECTIVE HOUSING FOR LASER RADIATION 
EXPOSURE PREVENTION ...................................... 11
4. CONNECTABLE PERIPHERALS .............................. 12
5. CLASSIFICATION ................................................... 13
6. Caution on Electromagnetic Waves ...................... 14
6.1 Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) ............................................14
6.2 Further Information for IEC60601-1-2 ...........................................14
7. Cautions on Network .............................................17
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
0.5
0.5006-267-11E
06.30.2011 FM5886
GENERAL CONTENTS SPECIFICATIONS
SPECIFICATIONS
1. SPECIFICATIONS ..................................................... 1
1.1 Part Name .......................................................................................1
1.1.1 Max 2-tray model ........................................................................................1
1.1.2 Max 3-tray model ........................................................................................2
1.2 List of Optional Parts .......................................................................5
1.3	 General	Specifications ....................................................................6
1.4 Equipment Dimensions and Weight ................................................9
1.4.1 Dimensions .................................................................................................9
1.4.2 Weight ....................................................................................................... 11
1.5 Means to Move and Secure Equipment ........................................11
1.6 Environmental Requirements ........................................................12
1.7 Electrical Requirements ................................................................13
1.8 Equipment Installation Space ........................................................15
1.8.1 Installation Space ......................................................................................15
1.8.2 Space Required for Maintenance Work ....................................................15
1.9 Disposing the Equipment ..............................................................16
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
0.6
0.6006-267-11E
06.30.2011 FM5886
GENERAL CONTENTS DISCRIPTION OF EQUIPMENT (MD)
DESCRIPTION OF EQUIPMENT 
(MD)
1. OUTLINE OF EQUIPMENT ..................................MD-1
1.1 Functions of Equipment ............................................................MD-1
1.2	 System	Configuration ...............................................................MD-2
1.3	 Overall	Configuration	and	Names	of	Parts ...............................MD-4
1.3.1 External View .......................................................................................MD-4
1.3.2 Operation Panel ...................................................................................MD-7
1.3.3 Layout of External Connector...............................................................MD-8
1.3.4 Layout of Units .....................................................................................MD-9
1.3.5 Layout of I/O Parts and Description of Functions...............................MD-10
1.3.6 Layout of Boards ................................................................................MD-20
2. STARTING UP AND ENDING THE EQUIPMENT .........
 .........................................................................MD-22
2.1 Power ON Operations ............................................................MD-22
2.2 Error Processing .....................................................................MD-23
2.3 Power OFF Operations ..........................................................MD-24
3. DESCRIPTION OF MECHANICAL OPERATIONS.........
 .........................................................................MD-25
3.1 Film Loading Unit ...................................................................MD-25
3.1.1 Film Sizes ...........................................................................................MD-25
3.1.2 Film Pack/Shutter Detection...............................................................MD-25
3.1.3 Barcode Reader (BCR) ......................................................................MD-26
3.1.4 Tray Detection/Tray Lock ...................................................................MD-26
3.2 Removal Unit ..........................................................................MD-27
3.2.1 Suction Cup Arm Home Position ........................................................MD-27
3.2.2 Film Suction .......................................................................................MD-27
3.2.3 Film Flapping Operations ...................................................................MD-28
3.2.4 Film Release ......................................................................................MD-29
3.2.5 Removal Conveyance ........................................................................MD-29
3.2.6 Returning to Home Position ...............................................................MD-29
3.2.7 Magic Arm ..........................................................................................MD-30
3.3 Conveyor Unit .........................................................................MD-31
3.3.1 Conveyance .......................................................................................MD-31
3.3.2 Cleaning Roller Detection ..................................................................MD-31
3.3.3 Striking against Stopper .....................................................................MD-32
3.3.4 Gripping by Conveyor Unit Exit Roller................................................MD-32
3.3.5 Film Edge Sensor ...............................................................................MD-33
3.3.6 Pre-recording Conveyance ................................................................MD-33
3.4 Sub-scanning Unit ..................................................................MD-34
3.4.1 Sub-scanning Conveyance ................................................................MD-34
3.4.2 Recording Conveyance ......................................................................MD-34
3.5 Scanning Optics Unit ..............................................................MD-35
3.5.1 Scanner Unit ......................................................................................MD-35
3.5.2 Laser Exposure ..................................................................................MD-35
3.5.3 Density Measurement Section ...........................................................MD-36
3.5.4 Temperature Correction .....................................................................MD-36
3.6 Heat Development Unit ..........................................................MD-37
3.6.1 Heat Development .............................................................................MD-37
3.6.2 Temperature Control ..........................................................................MD-37
3.7 Film Release Unit ...................................................................MD-38
3.7.1 Film Discharge ...................................................................................MD-38
3.7.2 High Speed Discharge .......................................................................MD-38
3.8 Sorter ......................................................................................MD-39
3.8.1 Film Conveyance ...............................................................................MD-39
3.8.2 Changeover Guide Switching.............................................................MD-39
3.8.3 Film Discharge ...................................................................................MD-40
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
0.7
0.7006-267-11E
06.30.2011 FM5886
GENERAL CONTENTS DISCRIPTION OF EQUIPMENT (MD)
4. DESCRIPTION OF ELECTRICAL CONTROL ......MD-41
4.1 System Block Diagram ...........................................................MD-41
4.2 Outline of Power Supply .........................................................MD-43
4.3 Interlock Control .....................................................................MD-46
4.4 Functions of Boards ...............................................................MD-50
4.4.1 MTH24A Board ...................................................................................MD-50
4.4.2 MTH31A board ...................................................................................MD-514.4.3 PRN Board .........................................................................................MD-52
4.4.4 MCT Board .........................................................................................MD-53
4.4.5 SND24A/SND31A Board ....................................................................MD-54
4.4.6 SND31B Board...................................................................................MD-56
4.4.7 HTD Board .........................................................................................MD-57
4.4.8 PNL Board ..........................................................................................MD-58
4.4.9 Power Supply Unit..............................................................................MD-59
5. MECHANICAL CONTROL FLOW .......................MD-60
5.1 Reading the Mechanical Control Flow ....................................MD-60
5.2 Initialization Flow ....................................................................MD-61
5.2.1 Upper/Lower Removal Unit Initialization ............................................MD-62
5.2.2 Conveyor Unit Exit Grip Roller Initialization .......................................MD-63
5.2.3 Conveyor Unit Stopper Initialization ...................................................MD-64
5.2.4 Remaining Film Discharge .................................................................MD-64
5.3 Normal Processing .................................................................MD-67
5.3.1 Film Removal .....................................................................................MD-67
5.3.2 Conveyance .......................................................................................MD-72
5.3.3 Sub-scanning Unit ..............................................................................MD-73
5.3.4 Heat Development Unit ......................................................................MD-74
5.3.5 Film Release Unit ...............................................................................MD-75
6. TIME CHART ....................................................MD-76
6.1 Removal Unit Time Chart .......................................................MD-76
6.2 Conveyor Unit Time Chart ......................................................MD-77
6.3 Sub-Scanning Unit Time Chart ...............................................MD-78
6.4 Heat Development Unit Time Chart ........................................MD-79
6.5 Film Release Unit Time Chart ................................................MD-80
7. PRINTING FORMATS ........................................MD-81
7.1 Reading the Format Name .....................................................MD-81
7.2 Standard Formats ...................................................................MD-81
7.3 Mixed Formats ........................................................................MD-82
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
0.8
0.8006-267-11E
06.30.2011 FM5886
GENERAL CONTENTS TROUBLESHOOTING (MT)
TROUBLESHOOTING (MT)
1. TROUBLESHOOTING METHOD .......................... MT-1
2. ERROR CODE ..................................................... MT-2
2.1 Checking Error Codes .............................................................. MT-2
2.2 Format of Detailed Information ................................................ MT-3
2.2.1 FLH Related (Conveyance) Errors Detailed Information.......................MT-3
2.2.2 MFC Related (Data Setting/System Related) Errors Detailed Information ...
 ..............................................................................................................MT-6
2.2.3 DEN Related (Internal Densitometer) Errors Detailed Information .......MT-8
2.2.4 ESN Related (Film Edge Sensor Related) Errors Detailed Information MT-8
2.2.5 DEV Related (Temperature Control Related) Errors Detailed Information ....
 ..............................................................................................................MT-9
2.3 Error Code Table ....................................................................MT-11
2.3.1 Printer ..................................................................................................MT-12
2.3.2 Formatter .............................................................................................MT-62
3. ERROR CODE ANALYSIS FLOW ....................... MT-95
3.1 0232 ....................................................................................... MT-95
3.2 0234 ....................................................................................... MT-95
3.3 0237, 0239, 0271, 0275, 0277, 2236, 2238, 2274, 2276 ....... MT-96
3.4 0241, 0243, 0273, 0279, 0281, 2240, 2242, 2278, 2280 ....... MT-96
3.5 0245, 0247, 0285, 0287, 2244, 2246, 2282, 2283, 2284, 2286 ........
 ............................................................................................... MT-97
3.6 0249, 0251, 2248, 2250, 2288, 2289 ..................................... MT-97
3.7 0255, 0267, 2254, 2266 ......................................................... MT-98
3.8 0257, 0269, 2256, 2268 ......................................................... MT-98
3.9 0259, 0263, 2258, 2262 ......................................................... MT-99
3.10 0261, 0265, 2260, 2264 ......................................................... MT-99
3.11 1291, 2290 ........................................................................... MT-100
3.12 1293, 2292 ........................................................................... MT-100
3.13 1295, 12B1, 2294 ................................................................. MT-101
3.14 1296, 12B2 ........................................................................... MT-101
3.15 1297, 12B3 ........................................................................... MT-102
3.16 1298, 12B4 ........................................................................... MT-102
3.17 1299 ..................................................................................... MT-103
3.18 12A0, 12B6 ........................................................................... MT-103
3.19 12A1, 12A2, 12B7, 12B8 ...................................................... MT-104
3.20 12A3, 12A4, 12C6 ................................................................ MT-104
3.21 12A5, 12A6, 12C7 ................................................................ MT-105
3.22 12A7, 12A8, 12C8 ................................................................ MT-105
3.23 12A9 ..................................................................................... MT-106
3.24 12B0 ..................................................................................... MT-106
3.25 12B5 ..................................................................................... MT-107
3.26 12C5, 22C4 .......................................................................... MT-107
4. ABNORMAL IMAGES ...................................... MT-108
4.1 Troubleshooting from Abnormal Images ............................... MT-108
4.2 Scratches and Streaks Caused by Guide Plate ....................MT-118
4.2.1 Checking Film ...................................................................................MT-118
4.2.2 Scratches on Face Applied with Emulsion ........................................MT-118
4.2.3 Scratches on Base Side ....................................................................MT-122
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
0.9
0.9006-267-11E
06.30.2011 FM5886
GENERAL CONTENTS TROUBLESHOOTING (MT)
5. ABNORMAL OPERATIONS ............................. MT-126
5.1 System Freezes without Displaying Error Code Normally .... MT-126
5.2 Error Message at the Startup Sequence .............................. MT-126
6. CLEARING FILM JAMS ................................... MT-127
7. CHECKING PROCEDURE FOR I/O PARTS ...... MT-129
7.1 Checking Procedure for Sensor ........................................... MT-129
7.1.1 Checking Procedure for SA11 (Film pack/shutter detection sensor (Upper)) 
 ..........................................................................................................MT-1317.1.2 Checking Procedure for SA13 (Tray lock detection sensor (Upper)) MT-133
7.1.3 Checking Procedure for SA21 (Film pack/shutter detection sensor 
(Upper)) .............................................................................................MT-135
7.1.4 Checking Procedure for SA23 (Tray lock detection sensor (Lower)) MT-137
7.1.5 Checking Procedure for SB11 (Suction cup arm HP detection sensor 
(Upper)) .............................................................................................MT-139
7.1.6 Checking Procedure for SB12 (Film surface detection sensor (Upper)) .......
 ..........................................................................................................MT-141
7.1.7 Checking Procedure for SB13 (Suction cup arm upper dead-point 
detection sensor (Upper)) .................................................................MT-143
7.1.8 Checking Procedure for SB21 (Suction cup arm HP detection sensor 
(Lower)) .............................................................................................MT-145
7.1.9 Checking Procedure for SB22 (Film surface detection sensor (Lower)) .......
 ..........................................................................................................MT-147
7.1.10 Checking Procedure for SB23 (Suction cup arm upper dead-point 
detection sensor (Lower)) .................................................................MT-149
7.1.11 Checking Procedure for SD1 (Conveyor unit entrance sensor) ........MT-151
7.1.12 Checking Procedure for SD2 (Conveyor unit exit sensor) ................MT-153
7.1.13 Checking Procedure for SD3 (Cleaning roller detection sensor) ......MT-155
7.1.14 Checking Procedure for SD4 (Stopper release detection sensor) ....MT-157
7.1.15 Checking Procedure for SD5 (Grip roller position detection sensor) MT-159
7.1.16 Checking Procedure for SD6 (Film edge sensor) .............................MT-161
7.1.17 Checking Procedure for SE1 (Film leading edge detection sensor) .MT-163
7.1.18 Checking Procedure for SG1 (Heat development unit entrance sensor) ......
 ..........................................................................................................MT-164
7.1.19 Checking Procedure for SJ1 (Film release unit entrance sensor).....MT-166
7.1.20 Checking Procedure for SJ2 (Film release sensor) ..........................MT-168
7.1.21	 Checking	Procedure	for	ST1	(2nd	bin	film	release	sensor) ..............MT-170
7.1.22	 Checking	Procedure	for	ST2	(3rd		bin	film	release	sensor) ..............MT-172
7.1.23	 Checking	Procedure	for	ST3	(4th	bin	film	release	sensor) ...............MT-174
7.2 Checking Procedure for Motor ............................................. MT-176
7.2.1 Checking Procedure for MB11 (Film removing motor (Upper)) .........MT-178
7.2.2 Checking Procedure for MB12 (Removal unit conveyance motor (Upper)) ..
 ..........................................................................................................MT-180
7.2.3 Checking Procedure for MB21 (Film removing motor (Lower)).........MT-182
7.2.4 Checking Procedure for MB22 (Removal unit conveyance motor (Lower)) ..
 ..........................................................................................................MT-184
7.2.5 Checking Procedure for MD1 (Film conveyance motor) ...................MT-186
7.2.6 Checking Procedure for MD2 (Conveyor unit exit roller gripping release 
motor) ................................................................................................MT-188
7.2.7 Checking Procedure for ME1 (Sub-scanning motor) ........................MT-190
7.2.8 Checking Procedure for MG1 (Heat development unit conveyance motor) ..
 ..........................................................................................................MT-192
7.2.9 Checking Procedure for MJ1 (Film release unit conveyance motor) MT-194
7.3 Checking Procedure for Solenoid, Pump, Solenoid Valve, and Fan .
 ............................................................................................. MT-196
7.3.1 Checking Procedure for SOLA11 (Tray lock solenoid (Upper)).........MT-198
7.3.2 Checking Procedure for SOLA21 (Tray lock solenoid (Lower)) ........MT-200
7.3.3 Checking Procedure for SOLD1 (Stopper solenoid) .........................MT-202
7.3.4	 Checking	Procedure	for	SOLT1	(1st	bin	film	release	solenoid) ........MT-204
7.3.5	 Checking	Procedure	for	SOLT2	(2nd	bin	film	release	solenoid) .......MT-206
7.3.6	 Checking	Procedure	for	SOLT3	(3rd	bin	film	release	solenoid) ........MT-208
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
0.10
0.10006-267-11E
06.30.2011 FM5886
GENERAL CONTENTS TROUBLESHOOTING (MT)
7.3.7 Checking Procedure for PB11 (Suction pump (Upper)) ....................MT-210
7.3.8 Checking Procedure for PB21 (Suction pump (Lower)) ....................MT-212
7.3.9 Checking Procedure for SVB11 (Solenoid valve (Upper)) ................MT-214
7.3.10 Checking Procedure for SVB21 (Solenoid valve (Lower)) ................MT-216
7.3.11 Checking Procedure for FANG1, FANG2, FANG3 (Cooling fan 1 - 3) ..........
 ..........................................................................................................MT-218
7.4 Checking DC Voltages Related to the SND Board (Checking +5V, 
+12V, -12V, and +24V) ......................................................... MT-220
7.4.1 Checking/Adjusting DC Voltage on the Power Supply Unit...............MT-221
7.4.2 Checking the DC Voltage on the SND Board ....................................MT-222
7.4.3 Error Codes Displayed due to Disconnection ...................................MT-223
8. TROUBLESHOOTING REFERENCE ................ MT-224
8.1 Layout of Fuse ...................................................................... MT-224
8.1.1 PRN Board ........................................................................................MT-224
8.1.2 MCT Board ........................................................................................MT-224
8.1.3 SND24A/SND31 Board .....................................................................MT-225
8.1.4 SND31B board ..................................................................................MT-225
8.1.5 HTD Board ........................................................................................MT-225
8.1.6 Power Supply Unit (PSU24A, PSU24B)............................................MT-226
8.1.7 Power Supply Unit (PSU31B Board) .................................................MT-226
8.2 LED Lighting Information ...................................................... MT-227
8.2.1 PRN Board ........................................................................................MT-227
8.2.2 MCT Board ........................................................................................MT-227
8.2.3 SND24A/SND31A Board ...................................................................MT-228
8.2.4 SND31B Board..................................................................................MT-229
8.3 Film Information .................................................................... MT-230
8.3.1 Film Information when Process Normally Completed .......................MT-230
8.3.2 Film Information when Process Abnormally Terminated ...................MT-230
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
0.11
0.11006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
GENERAL CONTENTS REMOVAL AND ADJUSTMENT (MC)
REMOVAL AND ADJUSTMENT 
(MC)
4.4 Removal Drive Cam ...............................................................MC-33
4.5 Suction Cup ............................................................................MC-37
4.6 Magic Arm ..............................................................................MC-38
4.7 Pump ......................................................................................MC-40
4.8 Solenoid Valve ........................................................................MC-41
4.9 Hose .......................................................................................MC-42
4.10 Removal Unit ConveyanceMotor (MB12/MB22/MB32) .........MC-43
4.11 Film Removing Motor (MB11/MB21/MB31) ............................MC-44
4.12 Film Surface Detection Sensor (SB12/SB22/SB32) ...............MC-45
4.13 Suction Cup Arm HP Detection Sensor (SB11/SB21/SB31) ..MC-46
4.14 Suction Cup Arm Upper Dead-Point Detection Sensor (SB13/SB23/SB33) MC-48
5. CONVEYOR UNIT .............................................MC-49
5.1 Conveyor Unit Exit Assembly .................................................MC-49
5.2 Conveyor Unit Exit Grip Roller Assembly ...............................MC-51
5.3 Conveyor Unit Exit Guide (Lower) ..........................................MC-52
5.4 Stopper Assembly ..................................................................MC-53
5.5 Stopper Solenoid (SOLD1) .....................................................MC-54
5.6 Conveyor Unit Exit Roller (Lower) ..........................................MC-55
5.7 Film Edge Sensor Encoder Plate ...........................................MC-56
5.8 Upper Conveyor Unit Open/Close Guide ...............................MC-58
5.9 Conveyor Unit Turn Roller ......................................................MC-59
5.10 Conveyor Right Guide ............................................................MC-60
5.11 Film Conveyance Motor (MD1) ..............................................MC-61
PRECAUTIONS ON INSPECTIONS, REPLACEMENTS, 
AND ADJUSTMENTS ..........................................MC-1
CONTENTS ...............................................................MC-2
1. COVERS ..............................................................MC-4
1.1 Covers ......................................................................................MC-4
2. FRAME ................................................................MC-7
2.1 BCR Assembly .........................................................................MC-7
2.2 Interlock Switch Assembly ........................................................MC-9
3. FILM LOADING UNIT ........................................MC-13
3.1 Removal Unit/Film Loading Unit ..........................................................MC-13
3.2 Tray ........................................................................................MC-15
3.3 Tray Detection Switch (SA12/SA22/SA32) .............................MC-17
3.4 Tray Lock Assembly ...............................................................MC-21
3.5 Rail .........................................................................................MC-22
3.6 Special Screw .........................................................................MC-24
3.7 Squeezing Roller (Upper) .......................................................MC-25
3.8 Film Pack/Shutter Detection Sensor (SA11/SA21/SA31) .......MC-26
4. REMOVAL UNIT ................................................MC-27
4.1 Removal Unit ..........................................................................MC-27
4.2 Suction Cup Arm ....................................................................MC-29
4.3 Changing Film Size to 20 x 25 cm Size ..................................MC-30
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
0.12
0.12006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
GENERAL CONTENTS REMOVAL AND ADJUSTMENT (MC)
5.12 Cleaning Roller Detection Sensor (SD3) ................................MC-62
5.13 Conveyance Gear ..................................................................MC-63
6. SUB-SCANNING UNIT ......................................MC-64
6.1 Sub-Scanning Unit/Upper Conveyor Unit ...............................MC-64
6.2 Sub-Scanning Unit Roller .......................................................MC-68
6.3 Sub-Scanning Motor (ME1) ....................................................MC-72
6.3.1 Removal/Reinstallation ......................................................................MC-72
6.3.2 Adjusting when Replacing Sub-Scanning Motor ................................MC-74
6.4 Flywheel .................................................................................MC-75
6.5 Film Leading Edge Detection Sensor (SE1) ...........................MC-78
7. SCANNING OPTICS UNIT ..........................................MC-82
7.1 Scanner Unit ...........................................................................MC-82
7.1.1 Removal/Reinstallation ......................................................................MC-82
7.1.2 Adjustments in Replacement of Scanner Unit....................................MC-84
8. HEAT DEVELOPMENT UNIT ............................................MC-88
8.1 Heat Development Unit Fan Assembly ...................................MC-88
8.2 Film Cooling Section ..............................................................MC-89
8.3 Heat Development Rack Assembly .....................................MC-90
8.4 Heat Development Roller .......................................................MC-93
8.5 Heat Development Unit Conveyance Motor (MG1) ................MC-94
8.6 Heat Development Unit Entrance Guide ................................MC-96
8.7 Heat Development Unit Entrance Sensor (SG1) ....................MC-97
8.8 Thermal Protector ...................................................................MC-98
9. FILM RELEASE UNIT ......................................MC-102
9.1 Film Release Unit .................................................................MC-102
9.2 Density Measurement Light-Emitting Board (LED15A) ........MC-104
10. CONTROLLER .................................................MC-106
10.1 Operation Panel ...................................................................MC-106
10.2 Controller Unit ......................................................................MC-108
10.2.1 Controller Unit (max 2-tray model) ...................................................MC-108
10.2.2 Controller Unit (max 3-tray model) ................................................... MC-110
10.3 HDD ...................................................................................... MC-111
10.3.1 Removal/Reinstallation .....................................................................MC-111
10.3.2 Replacing Procedure........................................................................ MC-113
10.4 MTH Board ...........................................................................MC-114
10.4.1 MTH Board (max 2-tray model) ........................................................ MC-114
10.4.2 MTH Board (max 3-tray model) ........................................................ MC-114
10.5 MCT Board ...........................................................................MC-115
10.5.1 Removal/Reinstallation .................................................................... MC-115
10.5.2 Replacing Procedure........................................................................ MC-116
10.5.3 To Replace an MCT Board Earlier than Version H with a J Version One .....
MC-117
10.6 PRN Board (max 3-tray model) ............................................MC-121
10.7 CPU Fan (max 3-tray model) ...............................................MC-124
10.8 Power Supply Unit (max 3-tray model) .................................MC-125
10.9 PSU27A Board (max 3-tray model) ......................................MC-126
1010 PSU31B Board (max 3-tray model) ......................................MC-127
11. SORTER ..........................................................MC-128
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
0.13
0.13006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
GENERAL CONTENTS REMOVAL AND ADJUSTMENT (MC)
11.1 Sorter Covers .......................................................................MC-128
11.2 Sorter ....................................................................................MC-130
11.3 Sorter Conveyance Gear ......................................................MC-134
12. INSTALLING THE MAIN UNIT SOFTWARE ....MC-135
12.1 Preparations .........................................................................MC-137
12.2 Installing from the DI Tool .....................................................MC-13812.2.1 Version Upgrade ..............................................................................MC-138
12.2.2 Full Installation .................................................................................MC-141
12.2.3 Printer Software Installation .............................................................MC-146
12.3 Installing from the USB Memory ...........................................MC-148
12.3.1 Copying the Main Unit Software to the USB Memory ......................MC-148
12.3.2 Upgrading the Version from the USB Memory .................................MC-150
12.3.3 Full Installation from the USB Memory.............................................MC-151
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
0.14
0.14006-267-11E
06.30.2011 FM5886
GENERAL CONTENTS SERVICE MODE (MU)
SERVICE MODE (MU)
1. OUTLINE OF SERVICE MODE ...........................MU-1
1.1 Transition of Modes in DRYPIX 4000 .......................................MU-1
1.2 Note on Executing Service Mode .............................................MU-1
1.3 Operations of Each Utility .........................................................MU-1
2. U-UTILITY (USER-UTILITY) ...............................MU-2
2.1 U-Utility Menu Tree ...................................................................MU-2
2.2 Starting and Ending the U-Utility ..............................................MU-3
2.3 Details of U-Utility Commands .................................................MU-4
[1] AUTO F.D.C. .................................................................................MU-4
[2] TEST PATTERN ............................................................................MU-4
[3] UNLOCK TRAY .............................................................................MU-5
[4] PRINT QUEUE ..............................................................................MU-5
[5] SET COUNTERS ..........................................................................MU-6
[5-1] SET COUNTERS ................................................................MU-6
[5-2] DISPLAY LIST ....................................................................MU-6
[6] ECONOMY MODE ........................................................................MU-7
[6-1] SAVE POWER ....................................................................MU-7
[6-2] CALENDAR ........................................................................MU-7
[6-3] DETAIL ................................................................................MU-8
[6-3-1] TIME OF OFFICE CLOSED ....................................MU-8
[6-3-2] TRANSITION TIME ..................................................MU-8
[6-3-3] SCHEDULER ...........................................................MU-8
[7] SET ALARM ..................................................................................MU-9
[7-1] SET ALARM ........................................................................MU-9
[7-2] KEY TOUCH TONE ............................................................MU-9
[8] AUTOMATED F.D.C. .....................................................................MU-9
[9] SET DATE/TIME ...........................................................................MU-9
[10] SOFTWARE VER. ......................................................................MU-10
[11] REPRINT ....................................................................................MU-10
[12] ANIMATION ................................................................................ MU-11
[13] REMAINING FILMS .................................................................... MU-11
[14] QC ...............................................................................................MU-12
[14-1] QC TEST PATTERN .........................................................MU-12
[14-2] HISTORY ..........................................................................MU-13
[14-2-1] EXTERNAL DENSITOMETER ..............................MU-13
[14-2-2] FORMAT ................................................................MU-13
[14-2-3] ARTIFACTS ...........................................................MU-13
[14-3] SETTINGS ........................................................................MU-14
[14-3-1] BUILT-IN DENSITOMETER ...................................MU-14
[14-3-1-1] AUTO ............................................................MU-14
[14-3-1-2] MANUAL .......................................................MU-14
[14-3-2] EXTERNAL DENSITOMETER ..............................MU-15
[14-3-3] FORMAT ................................................................MU-15
[14-4] LUT ...................................................................................MU-15
[15] MAMMO.QC ...............................................................................MU-16
2.4 Other Functions ......................................................................MU-17
2.4.1 Displaying Printing Jobs and Job Operations ....................................MU-17
2.4.2 Acquisition of Log Data by User .........................................................MU-18
3. M-UTILITY (MAINTENANCE UTILITY) .............MU-19
3.1 M-Utility Menu Tree ................................................................MU-19
3.2 Starting and Ending the M-Utility ............................................MU-22
3.3 Details of M-Utility Commands ...............................................MU-24
[1] System Management ..................................................................MU-24
[1-1]	 System	Config. .................................................................MU-24
[1-1-1] Set Date/time .........................................................MU-24
[1-1-2] Set Parameters ......................................................MU-24
[1-1-2-1] Set Tray ........................................................MU-24
[1-1-2-2] Sorter Setting ...............................................MU-24
[1-1-2-2-1] Sorter Connection ...............................MU-24
[1-1-2-3] Reprint Function ...........................................MU-25
[1-1-2-3-1] Delete reprint image ............................MU-25
[1-1-2-3-2] Reprint ON/OFF ..................................MU-25
[1-1-2-4] Option ...........................................................MU-25
[1-1-2-5] QC ................................................................MU-27
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
0.15
0.15006-267-11E
06.30.2011 FM5886
GENERAL CONTENTS SERVICE MODE (MU)
[1-1-2-5-1] Set Target Density ...............................MU-27
[1-1-2-5-2] Enabling Step 4 ...................................MU-27
[1-1-2-6] Set ML Dmax ................................................MU-28
[1-1-2-7] MJ mode .......................................................MU-28
[1-1-3] Initialize ..................................................................MU-29
[1-1-3-1] Recover ........................................................MU-29
[1-1-3-2]	 Save	Config. .................................................MU-29
[1-1-3-3] Initialization ...................................................MU-29
[1-1-3-4] Nonvolatile Memory ......................................MU-30
[1-1-4] Check Files ............................................................MU-30
[1-1-5] Check Version ........................................................MU-31
[1-1-6] Set Counters ..........................................................MU-31
[1-1-7] Load System Files (from USB) ..............................MU-32
[1-1-8] Reboot ...................................................................MU-33
[1-1-8-1] EWF .............................................................MU-33
[1-1-8-2] Reboot All .....................................................MU-33
[1-1-9] Reload Software ....................................................MU-34
[1-2] Print Queue .......................................................................MU-34
[1-3] Log Files ...........................................................................MU-35[1-3-1] Display Error Log ...................................................MU-35
[1-3-2] Clear ......................................................................MU-35
[1-3-3] Store Log Files .......................................................MU-35
[1-3-4] Logging by User .....................................................MU-35
[1-4] Network .............................................................................MU-36
[1-4-1] Set TCP/IP .............................................................MU-36
[1-4-1-1] IP Address ....................................................MU-36
[1-4-1-2] SubNetMask .................................................MU-37
[1-4-1-3] Gateway .......................................................MU-37
[1-4-1-4] Mac Address .................................................MU-37
[1-4-2] Set DICOM ............................................................MU-38
[1-4-2-1] AE-title ..........................................................MU-38
[1-4-2-2] Fine PRT AE-title ..........................................MU-38
[1-4-2-3] Port No. ........................................................MU-39
[1-4-2-4] Hostname .....................................................MU-39
[1-4-3] Test Network ..........................................................MU-40
[1-4-4] Set DICOM log .......................................................MU-40
[1-4-5] Set Mammo ...........................................................MU-41
[1-4-6] Set TcpAckFrequency ............................................MU-42
[1-5] Set Main Panel .................................................................MU-43
[1-5-1] Select Language ....................................................MU-43
[1-5-2] Size Information .....................................................MU-43
[1-5-3] Set Alarm ...............................................................MU-43
[1-5-4] Set Key Touch Tone ...............................................MU-43
[1-5-5] ANIMATION ...........................................................MU-43
[1-5-6] Sound Test .............................................................MU-43
[1-5-7] Icon Positioning .....................................................MU-44
[1-5-8] Show Position ........................................................MU-44
[1-5-9] Date Format ...........................................................MU-44
[1-6] Save/Load Files ................................................................MU-45
[1-6-1] Save to USB ..........................................................MU-45
[1-6-2] Load from USB ......................................................MU-46
[2] Output Film .................................................................................MU-47
[2-1] 24-Steps ...........................................................................MU-47
[2-2] 17-Steps ...........................................................................MU-47
[2-3] Flat ....................................................................................MU-48
[2-4] Cleaning ............................................................................MU-48
[2-5] Grid ...................................................................................MU-49
[2-6] Film out to Sorter ..............................................................MU-49
[2-7] Uniformity ..........................................................................MU-50
[2-8] SMPTE .............................................................................MU-50
[2-9] User Settable ....................................................................MU-51
[2-10] Spatial Resolution .............................................................MU-52
[3] F.D.C. ..........................................................................................MU-53
[3-1] AUTO F.D.C. .....................................................................MU-53
[3-2] Check Density ...................................................................MU-54
[3-3] 24-Steps ...........................................................................MU-55
[3-4] Manual F.D.C. ...................................................................MU-55
[3-5] Densitometer ....................................................................MU-56
[3-5-1] 24-Steps ................................................................MU-56
[3-5-2] Calibration ..............................................................MU-56
[3-5-3] Clear Calib. Table ...................................................MU-56
[3-5-4] DM Sensor Monitoring ...........................................MU-57
[3-6] Uniformity ..........................................................................MU-57
[3-6-1] Clear Table .............................................................MU-57
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
0.16
0.16006-267-11E
06.30.2011 FM5886
GENERAL CONTENTS SERVICE MODE (MU)
[3-6-2] Input .......................................................................MU-57
[4] Check Scanner ...........................................................................MU-58
[4-1] Polygonal Motor ................................................................MU-58
[4-2] LD .....................................................................................MU-58
[4-3] Adjusting Main Scanner ....................................................MU-59
[4-3-1] Scanning Width ......................................................MU-59
[4-3-2] Scanning Position ..................................................MU-61
[4-3-3] Display Adjustment ................................................MU-63
[4-3-4] Initialize Scanner ...................................................MU-63
[4-4] Diagnosis ..........................................................................MU-64
[4-4-1] Initial Check ...........................................................MU-64
[4-4-2] PRN Board Test .....................................................MU-64
[4-4-3] Edge Sensor Monitor .............................................MU-65
[5] Check Mechanism ......................................................................MU-67
[5-1] Film Removing ..................................................................MU-67
[5-1-1] Unlock Tray ............................................................MU-67
[5-1-2] Set Remain. Films .................................................MU-67
[5-1-3] Unit Operation ........................................................MU-67
[5-2] Motor Operation ................................................................MU-68
[5-2-1] Motor Operation .....................................................MU-68
[5-2-2] Adjusting Subscanner ............................................MU-69
[5-3] Grip ...................................................................................MU-71
[5-4] Other Actuators .................................................................MU-71
[5-5] Sensor Monitor .................................................................MU-72
[5-6] Other .................................................................................MU-73
[5-6-1] Serial I/F ................................................................MU-73
[5-6-2] HDD Test ................................................................MU-74
[5-6-3] DPRAM Test ..........................................................MU-74
[5-6-4] Inter Board Test ......................................................MU-75
[5-6-5] Barcode Test ..........................................................MU-75
[5-7] Sorter Unit .........................................................................MU-76
[5-7-1] Solenoids ...............................................................MU-76
[5-7-2] Sensor Monitor ......................................................MU-77
[6] Heat-Developer ...........................................................................MU-78
[6-1] Temperature ......................................................................MU-78[6-2] Heating .............................................................................MU-78
[6-3] Fan Operation ...................................................................MU-79
[6-4] Temp. Control ...................................................................MU-79
[6-5] Set Heater Temp. ..............................................................MU-80
[6-6] Power Supply Voltage .......................................................MU-80
[7] Skip Initialize ...............................................................................MU-81
[7-1] Eject Film Remaining ........................................................MU-81
[7-2] Developer .........................................................................MU-81
4. DI Tool ..............................................................MU-82
4.1 DI Tool (DPX7 PC Tool Function) Operations .........................MU-84
4.1.1 Outline of Operations .........................................................................MU-84
4.1.2	 Operations	of	the	Configuration	Setting	Screen.................................MU-84
4.2 Preparations for Using the DI Tool .........................................MU-85
4.2.1 PC Environment Required for Installing the DI Tool ...........................MU-86
4.2.2 Installing/Uninstalling/Version Upgrading the DI Tool .........................MU-86
4.2.3 Setting the FTP Site Directory of the PC ............................................MU-88
4.2.4 Setting Grouping Symbols .................................................................MU-89
4.3 Flow of DI Tool Operations .....................................................MU-91
4.3.1 Connecting the PC for Servicing to the Network ................................MU-91
4.3.2 Starting the DI Tool (DPX7 PC Tool Function) ...................................MU-92
4.3.3 Connecting DI Tool to the Equipment .................................................MU-93
4.3.4 Importing Individual Data ...................................................................MU-95
4.3.5 Setting/Changing/Checking Individual Data Using the DPX7 PC Tool 
Function .............................................................................................MU-96
4.3.6 Sending Individual Data to the Equipment .........................................MU-96
4.3.7 Ending the DI Tool (DPX7 PC Tool Function) .....................................MU-97
4.4 Registering and Deleting the Establishments and Printers ....MU-98
4.4.1 Registering Establishments................................................................MU-98
4.4.2 Registering Printers ............................................................................MU-99
4.5 Registering and Deleting Clients ..........................................MU-101
4.6 DPX7 PC Tool Function Menu Tree .....................................MU-104
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
0.17
0.17006-267-11E
06.30.2011 FM5886
GENERAL CONTENTS SERVICE MODE (MU)
4.7 DPX7 PC Tool Function Command Details ..........................MU-109
[PC1] Setting .......................................................................................MU-109
[PC1-1] Network ...........................................................................MU-109
[PC1-1-1] HostName ............................................................MU-109
[PC1-1-2] IP Address ............................................................MU-109
[PC1-1-3] SubnetMask ......................................................... MU-110
[PC1-1-4] Default Gateway .................................................. MU-110
[PC1-1-5] MacAddress ......................................................... MU-110
[PC1-2]	 Config ..............................................................................MU-111
[PC1-2-1] Version ..................................................................MU-111
[PC1-2-2] Protocol Information ............................................. MU-112
[PC1-2-2-1] AE-title ........................................................ MU-112
[PC1-2-2-2] Fine PRT AE-title ........................................ MU-112
[PC1-2-2-3] Port No. ...................................................... MU-113
[PC1-2-2-4] Data Transfer Timeout ................................ MU-113
[PC1-2-3] Association Count ................................................ MU-113
[PC1-2-4] Logging DICOM ................................................... MU-113
[PC1-2-5] Default Client ....................................................... MU-114
[PC1-2-6]	 Real	Dmax	on	film ............................................... MU-114
[PC1-2-7] Requested Dmax less than 3.6 ............................ MU-115
[PC1-2-8] Printer .................................................................. MU-115
[PC1-2-9] Option .................................................................. MU-116
[PC1-2-9-1] 17-Steps Pattern ........................................ MU-116
[PC1-2-9-2] Auto FDC .................................................... MU-116
[PC1-2-9-3] Set Alarm .................................................... MU-116
[PC1-2-9-4] Set Alarm Tone ........................................... MU-116
[PC1-2-9-5] Set Key Touch ............................................ MU-117
[PC1-2-9-6] Set Key Touch Tone .................................... MU-117
[PC1-2-9-7] Language ................................................... MU-117
[PC1-2-9-8] Sorter .......................................................... MU-118
[PC1-2-9-9] Size information .......................................... MU-118
[PC1-2-9-10] User Settable .............................................. MU-118
[PC1-2-9-11] BackupLog ................................................. MU-118
[PC1-2-9-12] QC .............................................................. MU-119
[PC1-2-9-12-1] Enabling Step4 .................................. MU-119
[PC1-2-9-12-2] Set Target Density ............................. MU-119
[PC1-2-9-13] Film Information ..........................................MU-120
[PC1-2-9-14] Date Format ...............................................MU-120
[PC1-2-9-15] Mobile .........................................................MU-120
[PC1-2-9-16] Warning st system start ..............................MU-121
[PC1-2-9-17] Spatial Resolution ......................................MU-121
[PC1-2-9-18] MammoQC .................................................MU-122
[PC1-2-9-19] Recognize position on 10x14 (26x36) ........MU-122
[PC1-2-9-20] Recognize position on 10x12 (25x30) ........MU-123
[PC1-2-9-21] Recognize position on 8x10 (20x25) ..........MU-123
[PC1-2-10] Tray1/Tray2/Tray3 ................................................MU-124
[PC1-2-11] Sorting by Film Size .............................................MU-124
[PC1-3] Clients .............................................................................MU-125
[PC1-3-1] Protocol ................................................................MU-125
[PC1-3-1-1] Attribute List Error (0107H Warning) ..........MU-125
[PC1-3-1-2] Attribute Value Out of Range (0116H Warning) .......
 ...................................................................MU-125
[PC1-3-1-3] Image Size is Larger than Imagebox (B604H 
Warning) .....................................................MU-126
[PC1-3-1-4] N-Event-ReportRQ .....................................MU-126
[PC1-3-1-5] Use Extention Format .................................MU-127
[PC1-3-1-6] Change Film ...............................................MU-128
[PC1-3-1-7] Use System Timeout ..................................MU-128
[PC1-3-1-8] Presentation LUT........................................MU-128
[PC1-3-1-9] Precede Picking Up ....................................MU-129
[PC1-3-1-10] Use Max/Min Density .................................MU-129
[PC1-3-1-11] Logging Client ............................................MU-129
[PC1-3-1-12] Reprint ........................................................MU-129
[PC1-3-1-13] ChangeBase Color (Disable:110H[F]) .......MU-130
[PC1-3-1-14]	 Define	Film	Size	of	11x14”..........................MU-130
[PC1-3-2] Magnify ................................................................MU-131
[PC1-3-2-1] Procedure ...................................................MU-131
[PC1-3-2-2] Default Smoothing Type .............................MU-131
[PC1-3-2-3] Adjustment Parameter ................................MU-131
[PC1-3-2-4] Default Requested Decimate/Crop Behavior ..........
 ...................................................................MU-132
[PC1-3-2-5]	 Magnification	Type......................................MU-133
[PC1-3-2-6] Requested Image Size (0=None) ...............MU-133
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
0.18
0.18006-267-11E
06.30.2011 FM5886
GENERAL CONTENTS SERVICE MODE (MU)
[PC1-3-2-6-1] Default Requested Image Size .........MU-133
[PC1-3-3] LUT ......................................................................MU-134
[PC1-3-3-1] Procedure ...................................................MU-134
[PC1-3-3-2] Default LUT ................................................MU-134
[PC1-3-3-2-1]	 Configuration	Information	(Default	LUT#) ......
 ..........................................................MU-134
[PC1-3-3-3] Adjustment Parameter ................................MU-135
[PC1-3-3-4] Dmax 3.6 ....................................................MU-136
[PC1-3-3-5] Illumination .................................................MU-136
[PC1-3-3-5-1] Default Illumination ...........................MU-136
[PC1-3-3-6]	 Reflective	Ambient	Light .............................MU-136
[PC1-3-3-6-1] Default Ambient Light ........................MU-137
[PC1-3-4] Output Format ......................................................MU-138
[PC1-3-4-1] Border Density ............................................MU-138
[PC1-3-4-1-1] Default Border Density ......................MU-138
[PC1-3-4-2] Polarity(Pos./Neg.) .....................................MU-138
[PC1-3-4-3] Trim Density ...............................................MU-138
[PC1-3-4-4] Trim ............................................................MU-139
[PC1-3-4-5] Trim Width ..................................................MU-139
[PC1-3-4-6] Number of Copies ......................................MU-139
[PC1-3-4-6-1] Default Number of Copies .................MU-139
[PC1-3-4-7] Margin between Image ...............................MU-140
[PC1-3-4-8] Image Layout ..............................................MU-140
[PC1-3-4-9] Default Film Size ........................................MU-141
[PC1-3-4-9-1] Film Size ...........................................MU-141
[PC1-3-4-10] Default Medium Type..................................MU-141
[PC1-3-4-10-1] Medium Type (base color).................MU-141
[PC1-3-4-11] Film Orientation ..........................................MU-142
[PC1-3-4-12] Mirror ..........................................................MU-142
[PC1-3-4-13] Processing Type .........................................MU-142
[PC1-3-4-14] Print Priority ................................................MU-143
[PC1-3-4-15] Resolution ..................................................MU-143
[PC1-3-4-16] Default Film Destination .............................MU-143
[PC1-3-4-16a] RMI(26x36)/RMI(25x30)/RMI(20x25) .........MU-144
[PC1-3-4-17] Film Destination ..........................................MU-145
[PC1-3-5] Annotation ............................................................MU-146
[PC1-3-5-1] Annotation Height .......................................MU-147
[PC1-3-5-2] Annotation Font ..........................................MU-147
[PC1-3-5-3] Annotation Size ..........................................MU-147
[PC1-3-5-4] Upper Left/Upper Center/Upper Right/Lower Left/
Lower Center/Lower Right ..........................MU-148
[PC2] Data Transfer ............................................................................MU-149
[PC2-1] Indv .................................................................................MU-151
[PC2-2] Operation ........................................................................MU-152
[PC2-3] Log ..................................................................................MU-154
[PC2-4] Files ................................................................................MU-155
[PC2-5] User Settable ..................................................................MU-157
[PC3] Upgrading .................................................................................MU-158
[PC3-1] Data Disk ........................................................................MU-158
[PC3-2] To Printer ........................................................................MU-160
[PC4] Analyzer ....................................................................................MU-163
[PC5] DICOM Print ..............................................................................MU-164
[PC6] OutPutFilm ................................................................................MU-165
[PC6-1] 24-Steps .........................................................................MU-165
[PC6-2] 17-Steps .........................................................................MU-166
[PC6-3] Flat ..................................................................................MU-167
[PC6-4] Cleaning ..........................................................................MU-168
[PC6-5] Grid .................................................................................MU-168
[PC6-6] Film out to Sorter ............................................................MU-169
[PC6-7] Uniformity ........................................................................MU-170
[PC6-8] SMPTE ...........................................................................MU-171
[PC6-9] User Settable ..................................................................MU-172
[PC6-10] Spatial Resolution ...........................................................MU-173
[PC7] F.D.C. ........................................................................................MU-174
[PC7-1] Auto F.D.C. .....................................................................MU-174
[PC7-2] Check Density .................................................................MU-175
[PC7-3] 24-Steps .........................................................................MU-176
[PC7-4] Manual F.D.C. .................................................................MU-177
[PC7-5] Calibration .......................................................................MU-178
[PC7-6] Uniformity ........................................................................MU-179
[PC7-6-1] Clear Table ...........................................................MU-179
[PC7-6-2] Input .....................................................................MU-179
[PC7-7] DM sensor monitor .........................................................MU-180
[PC8] Check ........................................................................................MU-181
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
0.19
0.19006-267-11E
06.30.2011 FM5886
GENERAL CONTENTS SERVICE MODE (MU)
[PC8-1] Check Scanner ...............................................................MU-181
[PC8-1-1] Initialize Scanner .................................................MU-181
[PC8-1-2] Adjusting Main Scanner .......................................MU-182
[PC8-1-3] Polygonal Motor LD .............................................MU-186
[PC8-1-4] Initial Check .........................................................MU-187
[PC8-1-5] PRN Board Test ...................................................MU-187
[PC8-2] Check Mechanism ..........................................................MU-188
[PC8-2-1] Moving .................................................................MU-188
[PC8-2-1-1] Unit Operation ............................................MU-188
[PC8-2-1-2] Motor Operation .........................................MU-189[PC8-2-1-3] Grip .............................................................MU-190
[PC8-2-1-4] Adjusting Subscanner ................................MU-191
[PC8-2-1-5] Other Actuators .........................................MU-193
[PC8-2-1-6] Solenoids ....................................................MU-193
[PC8-2-1-7] Sensor Monitor ...........................................MU-194
[PC8-2-2] Sensor Monitor ....................................................MU-195
[PC8-2-3] Other ....................................................................MU-197
[PC8-2-3-1] Serial I/F .....................................................MU-197
[PC8-2-3-2] HDD Test ....................................................MU-198
[PC8-2-3-3] DPRAM Test ...............................................MU-198
[PC8-2-3-4] Inter Board Test ..........................................MU-199
[PC8-2-3-5] LAN Base Test ............................................MU-199
[PC8-2-3-6] Status Lamp Test ........................................MU-200
[PC8-3] Heat-Developer ...............................................................MU-200
[PC8-3-1] Temperature .........................................................MU-200
[PC8-3-2] Heating ................................................................MU-201
[PC8-3-3] Fan Operation ......................................................MU-202
[PC8-3-4] Temp. Control ......................................................MU-203
[PC8-3-5] Set Heater Cond. Temp. ......................................MU-203
[PC9] Control ......................................................................................MU-204
[PC9-1] File Save/Load ................................................................MU-204
[PC9-1-1] Log Data ..............................................................MU-204
[PC9-1-2] Error Log ..............................................................MU-205
[PC9-1-3] Indv. data .............................................................MU-205
[PC9-2]	 System	Config ................................................................MU-206
[PC9-2-1] Set Date/Time. .....................................................MU-206
[PC9-2-2]	 Save	Config. ........................................................MU-206
[PC9-2-3] Initialize ................................................................MU-207
[PC9-2-4] Reboot .................................................................MU-208
[PC9-2-5] Set Counters ........................................................MU-209
[PC9-2-6] Set Remain. Films ...............................................MU-210
[PC9-3] Set Main Panel ............................................................... MU-211
[PC9-3-1] Sound Test ........................................................... MU-211
[PC9-3-2] Motion Speed ....................................................... MU-211
[PC9-4] Set Parameter .................................................................MU-212
[PC9-4-1] Status Lamp .........................................................MU-212
[PC10] Film Counter .............................................................................MU-213
[PC11] Print Queue ...............................................................................MU-214
[PC12] Tool ...........................................................................................MU-216
[PC12-1] GetLog ............................................................................MU-216
[PC12-2] HW AutoCheck ...............................................................MU-218
5. SETTING METHOD BY PURPOSE ..................MU-220
5.1 Registering User ID ..............................................................MU-220
5.2 Setting Reprint ......................................................................MU-222
5.3 Setting Annotation ................................................................MU-223
5.4 Setting Output of User Settable Images ...............................MU-228
5.5 Displaying Logs by Client (Filtering DICOM Communication Logs) ..
 .............................................................................................MU-230
5.6 Adjusting LUT Using SAR MAKER ......................................MU-231
5.7 Acquiring Logs when Equipment is not Started ....................MU-235
5.8 Adjusting the Leading Edge Margin .....................................MU-237
5.9 Copying Weekly Settings .....................................................MU-238
5.10 Acquiring Log Files ...............................................................MU-239
5.11 Creating a New Gamma Table .............................................MU-240
5.12 Full Installation of Main Unit Software with Equipment not Started ..
 .............................................................................................MU-242
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
0.20
0.20006-267-11E
06.30.2011 FM5886
GENERAL CONTENTS SERVICE MODE (MU)
5.13 Settings for Using MammoQC Function After Upgrading Main Unit 
Software Version from V2.0 or Earlier to V3.0 or Later ........MU-243
5.14	 Adding	the	γ	Tables	(γ51	to	γ53) ..........................................MU-245
APPENDIX 1 PRECAUTIONS AND SETTINGS IN THE 
USE OF Windows XP PC FOR SERVICING .....MU-246
APPENDIX 2 PRECAUTIONS ON SAVING/LOADING 
EQUIPMENT DATA USING SOFTWARE VERSION 
V3.1 DI TOOL .................................................MU-250
APPENDIX 3 P r ocedur e fo r se t t i ng D I -TOOL 
environment on Windows 7 / Windows Vista ............
 .......................................................................MU-251
APPENDIX 3.1 Installing DI Tool (for both Windows 7 and Vista) ....MU-251
APPENDIX 3.2 Setting FTP server (Windows 7) ..............................MU-253
APPENDIX 3.2.1 Checking installation of IIS (Windows 7) .............................MU-253
APPENDIX 3.2.2 Installing IIS (Windows 7) ....................................................MU-255
APPENDIX 3.2.3 Setting IIS (Windows 7) .......................................................MU-256
APPENDIX 3.2.4 Setting Firewall (Windows 7) ...............................................MU-258
APPENDIX 3.3 Setting FTP server (Windows Vista) ........................MU-259
APPENDIX 3.3.1 Checking installation of IIS (Windows Vista) .......................MU-259
APPENDIX 3.3.2 Installing IIS (Windows Vista) ..............................................MU-261
APPENDIX 3.3.3 Setting IIS (Windows Vista) .................................................MU-263
APPENDIX 3.3.4 Setting Firewall (Windows Vista) .........................................MU-265
APPENDIX 3.4 Setting Area and Language (both Windows 7 and Vista) .....
 .............................................................................................MU-267
APPENDIX 3.5 Starting DI Tool (both Windows 7 and Vista) ...........MU-268
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
0.21
0.21006-267-10E
06.20.2011 FM5885
GENERAL CONTENTS SERVICE PARTS LIST (SP)
SERVICE PARTS LIST (SP)
05C CONVEYOR UNIT 3 ........................................................ SP-17
05D CONVEYOR UNIT 4 (MAX 2-TRAY MODEL) ................. SP-18
05E CONVEYOR UNIT 5 (MAX 3-TRAY MODEL) ................. SP-19
06A SUB-SCANNING UNIT 1 ................................................ SP-20
06B SUB-SCANNING UNIT 2 ................................................ SP-21
07 SCANNING OPTICS UNIT ................................................. SP-22
08A HEAT DEVELOPMENT UNIT 1 ...................................... SP-23
08B HEAT DEVELOPMENT UNIT 2 ...................................... SP-24
08C HEAT DEVELOPMENT UNIT 3 ...................................... SP-25
08D HEAT DEVELOPMENT UNIT 4 ...................................... SP-26
09A FILM RELEASE UNIT 1 .................................................. SP-27
09B FILM RELEASE UNIT 2 .................................................. SP-28
10A CONTROLLER 1 (MAX 2-TRAY MODEL) ...................... SP-29
10B CONTROLLER 2 (MAX3-TRAY MODEL) ...................... SP-30
10C CONTROLLER 3 ............................................................. SP-31
11A SORTER 1 .......................................................................SP-32
How to Use Service Parts List .................................SP-1
01A COVER 1 (MAX 2-TRAY MODEL) .................................... SP-2
01B COVER 2 (MAX 3-TRAY MODEL) .................................... SP-3
01C COVER 3 (MAX 2-TRAY MODEL) .................................... SP-4
01D COVER 4 (MAX 3-TRAY MODEL) .................................... SP-5
01E COVER 5 ...........................................................................SP-6
01F COVER 6 ........................................................................... SP-7
02A FRAME 1 ...........................................................................SP-8
02B FRAME 2 ...........................................................................SP-9
03A FILM LOADING UNIT 1 .................................................. SP-10
03B FILM LOADING UNIT 2 .................................................. SP-11
04A REMOVAL UNIT 1 ........................................................... SP-12
04B REMOVAL UNIT 2 ........................................................... SP-13
04C REMOVAL UNIT 3 ........................................................... SP-14
05A CONVEYOR UNIT 1 ........................................................ SP-15
05B CONVEYOR UNIT 2 ........................................................ SP-16
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
0.22
0.22006-267-10E
06.20.2011 FM5885
GENERAL CONTENTS SERVICE PARTS LIST (SP)
11B SORTER 2 .......................................................................SP-33
11C SORTER 3 .......................................................................SP-34
12 FIXTURES ........................................................................ SP-35
13 CABLE .............................................................................. SP-36
14 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (MAX 2-TRAY MODEL) .................. SP-37
14 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (MAX 3-TRAY MODEL) .................. SP-48
15 PARTS NOS. SEARCH TABLE ....................................... SP-62
16 List of Service Parts for Securing and Wiring .............. SP-66
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
0.23
0.23006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
GENERAL CONTENTS PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE 
(PM)
1. PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE PROGRAM .......... PM-1
1.1 How to Use the Preventive Maintenance Volume ....................PM-1
1.2 Notation of Age .........................................................................PM-1
1.3 Preventive Maintenance Program List .....................................PM-2
1.3.1 Maintenance Program at the Age of 1, 2, 4, and 5 Years .................... PM-3
1.3.2 Maintenance Program at the Age of 3 Years........................................ PM-3
2. PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE FLOW ................. PM-4
3. PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE ............................ PM-5
3.1 Checking, Saving, and Deleting Error Logs .............................PM-5
3.1.1 Checking Error Logs ............................................................................ PM-5
3.1.2 Saving Error Logs ................................................................................ PM-5
3.1.3 Deleting Error Logs .............................................................................. PM-5
3.2 Checking Images ......................................................................PM-6
3.2.1 Checking Images via Grid Pattern ....................................................... PM-6
3.2.2 Checking the Density via 17-steps Pattern .......................................... PM-8
3.3 Checking the Interlock Function ...............................................PM-9
3.3.1 Checking the Upper Front Cover/Upper Right Cover/Lower Right Cover 
Interlock ................................................................................................ PM-9
3.3.2 Checking the Upper Small Cover Interlock ........................................ PM-11
3.3.3 Checking the Film Tray Interlocks ...................................................... PM-11
3.3.4 Checking the Sorter Right Cover Interlock ......................................... PM-12
3.4 Checking the Fan Operations .................................................PM-13
3.5 Checking the Tray ..................................................................PM-14
3.6 Cleaning/Replacing the Cleaning Roller .................................PM-15
3.7 Cleaning/Replacing Filters .....................................................PM-16
3.7.1 Air Filter on the Lower Front Inside Cover ......................................... PM-16
3.7.2 Air Filter on the Controller Unit Right Cover ....................................... PM-16
3.7.3 Rear Cover Louver ............................................................................. PM-17
3.8 Cleaning the Removal Unit, Cleaning Inside the Equipment ..PM-18
3.8.1 Cleaning the Removal Unit ................................................................ PM-18
3.8.2 Cleaning Inside the Equipment .......................................................... PM-20
3.9 Checking/Cleaning the Rubber Belt, Cleaning the Sub-scanning 
Conveyance Roller .................................................................PM-21
3.9.1 Checking/Cleaning the Rubber Belt ................................................... PM-21
3.9.2 Cleaning the Sub-scanning Conveyance Roller................................. PM-22
3.10 Cleaning the Density Measurement Section ..........................PM-26
3.11 Cleaning the Heat Development Unit .....................................PM-27
3.12 Reinstalling/Cleaning Covers .................................................PM-28
3.13 Checking the DC Voltage (Max 2-tray model Only) ................PM-29
3.14 Checking Images ....................................................................PM-30
3.14.1 Checking Images by Printing Grid Pattern ......................................... PM-30
3.14.2 Density Correction .............................................................................. PM-30
3.14.3 Checking Density via 17-steps Pattern .............................................. PM-30
3.15 Setting Date and Time ............................................................PM-31
3.16 Checking for Improper Protective Grounding .........................PM-32
3.17 Work Completion Report ........................................................PM-33
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
0.24
0.24006-267-14E
03.20.2014 FM9229
GENERAL CONTENTS INSTALLATION (IN)
INSTALLATION (IN)
1. INSTALLATION CONDITIONS ............................. IN-1
2. INSTALLATION PROCEDURE FLOW .................... IN-2
3. WORK BEFORE INSTALLATION .......................... IN-5
3.1 Precautions on Installation .........................................................IN-5
3.2 Preparing the DI Tool ..................................................................IN-8
4. TEMPORARY INSTALLATION .............................. IN-9
4.1 Unpacking and Unloading ..........................................................IN-9
4.2 Carrying .................................................................................... IN-11
4.3 Temporary Placement .............................................................. IN-11
4.4 Checking Components .............................................................IN-12
4.4.1 Max 2-tray model ................................................................................. IN-12
4.4.2 Max 3-tray model ................................................................................. IN-14
5.	 INSTALLATION .................................................. IN-16
5.1 Removing External Packaging of the Equipment Main Body ...IN-16
5.2 Removing Covers .....................................................................IN-16
5.3 Removing Fixtures ...................................................................IN-175.4 Changing the Film Size ............................................................IN-20
5.4.1 Changing the Film Tray Size ................................................................ IN-20
5.4.2 Changing the Installed Position of the Barcode Reader ..................... IN-21
5.4.3 Changing the Suction Cup Arm (20 x 25 cm Size) ............................... IN-24
5.5 Installing Options ......................................................................IN-24
5.6 Connecting Network Cable .......................................................IN-25
5.7 Connecting the Power Cable ....................................................IN-26
5.7.1 Checking the Resistance of the Power Cable ...................................... IN-26
5.8 Reinstalling Covers ..................................................................IN-27
6. INSTALLING OPTIONS ...................................... IN-28
6.1 Installing Additional Film Tray ...................................................IN-28
6.1.1 Checking Components ......................................................................... IN-28
6.1.2 Removing Covers ................................................................................. IN-28
6.1.3 Removing the Cushioning Material/Changing Film Tray Size .............. IN-30
6.1.4 Installing the Barcode Reader .............................................................. IN-30
6.1.5 Changing the Suction Cup Arm (For Setting Film Sizes Other Than 20 x 25 
cm) ....................................................................................................... IN-31
6.1.6 Installing the Removal Unit/Film Loading Unit ..................................... IN-35
6.1.7 Installing the Conveyor Unit ................................................................. IN-35
6.1.8 Internal Wirings .................................................................................... IN-37
6.1.9 Installing Covers ................................................................................... IN-38
6.2 Installing Additional Image Memory Board (max 2-tray model only) .
 .................................................................................................IN-39
6.3 Installing the Sorter ..................................................................IN-40
7. SETTING OF THE EQUIPMENT ......................... IN-49
7.1 Power ON and Starting the M-Utility ........................................IN-49
7.1.1 Power ON ............................................................................................. IN-49
7.1.2 Starting the M-Utility ............................................................................. IN-49
7.2 System Settings .......................................................................IN-50
7.2.1	 System	Management/System	Config. .................................................. IN-50
7.2.2 System Management/Set Main Panel .................................................. IN-55
7.2.3 Heat-Developer/Power Supply Voltage ................................................ IN-57
7.2.4 System Management/Network ............................................................. IN-57
8. CHECKING EQUIPMENT OPERATIONS ........... IN-62
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
0.25
0.25006-267-14E
03.20.2014 FM9229
GENERAL CONTENTS INSTALLATION (IN)
8.1 Checking Automatic Density Correction and Conveyance 
Operations ................................................................................IN-62
8.2 Checking Density .....................................................................IN-63
8.3 Checking Recording Image Format, and for Image Unevenness 
and Scratches ..........................................................................IN-64
8.4 Checking Conveyance and Scratches on Film Image When the 
Sorter is Connected ..................................................................IN-65
8.5 Checking the Interlock Function ...............................................IN-65
8.6 Checking the Fan Operations ...................................................IN-66
8.7 Settings for U-Utility ..................................................................IN-66
9. INSTALLATION OF MULTIPLE SETS ................. IN-67
10. SETTING CLIENTS ............................................ IN-68
10.1 Connecting the PC for Servicing to the Network ......................IN-68
10.2 Starting the DI Tool/Connecting DI Tool to the Equipment .......IN-70
10.2.1 Starting the DI Tool ............................................................................... IN-70
10.2.2 Connecting DI Tool to the Equipment .................................................. IN-70
10.3 Importing Individual Data ..........................................................IN-72
10.4 Settings by Client .....................................................................IN-75
10.4.1 Registering Clients ............................................................................... IN-75
10.4.2 Client Settings ...................................................................................... IN-76
10.4.3 Settings by Client ................................................................................. IN-81
10.4.4 Setting Client [MammoQCTest] ............................................................ IN-81
10.5 Adding and Registering Printers ...............................................IN-82
10.6 Sending Data on Setting to the Equipment ..............................IN-83
10.7 Settings for U-Utility ..................................................................IN-83
10.8 Ending the DI Tool and the Equipment .....................................IN-84
10.9 Checking the Mammo QC Function .........................................IN-84
11. CHECKING NETWORK CONNECTION ............... IN-85
11.1 Checking the Start-up of the Equipment .................................IN-85
11.2 Checking Film Output and Images from Connected Equipment .......
 .................................................................................................IN-85
11.3 Checking the Termination of the Equipment .............................IN-85
12. INSTALLING THE EQUIPMENT ......................... IN-86
12.1 Backing Up Individual Data ......................................................IN-86
12.1.1 Saving Individual Data in the Equipment HD ....................................... IN-86
12.1.2 Saving Individual Data in the PC for Servicing..................................... IN-87
12.1.3 Saving Individual Data on the CD-R or FD .......................................... IN-87
12.2 Checking, Saving, and Deleting Error Logs Which Occur at 
Installation ................................................................................IN-89
12.2.1 Checking the Error Log ........................................................................ IN-89
12.2.2 Saving Error Logs ................................................................................ IN-90
12.2.3 Deleting Error Logs .............................................................................. IN-90
12.3 Installing the Equipment ...........................................................IN-91
12.3.1 Installing the Equipment without Using Fixtures .................................. IN-91
12.3.2 Installing the Equipment and Securing with Fixtures ........................... IN-92
12.4 Cleaning the Equipment ...........................................................IN-96
APPENDIX 1 ADDITIONAL PROTECTIVE GROUNDING ...
 .......................................................................... IN-97
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
0.26
0.26006-267-11E
06.30.2011 FM5886
GENERAL CONTENTS PERFORMANCE CHECK (PC)
PERFORMANCE CHECK (PC)
INSTALLATION OF THE DRYPIX 4000 - Checklist ....PC-1
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
0.27
0.27006-267-11E
06.30.2011 FM5886
BLANK PAGE
DRYPIX 4000 (Max 2-tray model) Service Manual006-267-11E
06.30.2011 FM5886
DRYPIX 4000 SERVICE MANUAL
SAFETY PRECAUTION 
(Max 2-tray model)
 11.05.200400 New release (FM4426 (1)) All pages
 02.28.2005 01 Revised (FM4555) All pages
 04.25.2005 02 Revised (FM4589) 1, 4, 6, 10
 02.28.2006 03 Revised (FM4704) 5-8
 10.02.2006 04 Revised (Change of corporate name and 5, 7, 8
 corporate logo) (FM4992)
 02.15.2010 09 Revised (FM5680) 9
 01.31.2011 10 Revised (FM5778) All pages
 06.30.2011 11 Revised (FM5886) 6-15
CONTROL SHEET
Revision Number Reason Pages AffectedIssue Date
DRYPIX 4000 (Max 2-tray model) Service Manual
SAFETY PRECAUTION-1
SAFETY PRECAUTION-1006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
1. SAFETY PRECAUTION
To avoid accidents, observe the following precautions.
1.1 General Precautions
n Power Supply
•	 Be	sure	to	turn	OFF	the	power	of	the	main	power	switch	and	switch	board	before	
starting operation. Starting operations with the power ON may result in electric 
shock,	fire	hazards,	or	machine	malfunction.	Some	parts	are	not	fully	discharged	
and other parts (e.g. heater) remain heated immediately after power OFF. Be 
careful not to touch such parts. When performing steps (e.g. voltage measurement) 
that cannot be completed with the power OFF, observe the instructions set forth in 
this manual and operate with care to avoid electric shock and other hazards.
•	 When	restarting	the	machine,	turn	OFF	the	power,	wait	for	more	than	10	seconds,	
and then turn it ON. If the interval from power OFF to ON is too short, the machine 
may not be properly started.
n Ventilation of Installation Site
The	ventilation	of	the	equipment	and	film	is	accompanied	by	a	slight	smell.	Be	sure	to	
ventilate the room during and after operation.
n Drive Section Inspection
To avoid accidents, be sure to turn OFF the power before initiating inspection or 
adjustment procedures. When performing an inspection or adjustment procedure 
that cannot be completed with the power OFF, operate carefully while observing the 
instructions set forth in this manual.
n Heavy Weights
When installing or removing heavy weights, complete it with an assistant or a hoisting 
or other appropriate device.
n Safety Devices
Ensure that the accident prevention functions of fuses, interlock switches, panels, 
covers, and other safety devices are always operative. Also refrain from introducing 
such	modifications	which	may	impair	the	safety	device	functions.
n Adjustable Foot Anchorage
As	an	earthquake	measure	for	the	equipment,	fasten	the	adjustable	feet	to	the	floor	
surface.
n Optical Parts Handling Precautions
When handling any optical parts, observe the following precautions. Failure to observe 
these precautions may result in a deterioration in image quality.
•	 Never	touch	the	surfaces	of	optical	parts.
•	 When	removing	dirt	from	optical	parts,	use	the	specified	procedure	only.
•	 Scanning	optics	unit	removal	must	be	carried	out	in	a	clean	environment.	Also	do	
not remove the scanning optics unit protective housing.
n Heat Development Unit Handling Precautions
A heater is used for the rack. Touching it during operations may result in burns. Turn 
the power OFF and wait until the heater temperature drops before handling the unit.
n Grounding
Safety provided by grounding is assured by properly establishing power cable and 
additional protective ground wire connections and by securing the parts with retaining 
screws. To maintain safety, ensure that the parts and retaining screws removed for 
servicing purposes are restored to the original states upon installation. After the 
parts and retaining screws are restored to the above-mentioned states, follow the 
procedures set forth in this service manual to verify that the retaining screws are 
securely tightened to properly secure the parts.
n Other General Precautions
•	 When	servicing	the	board	for	maintenance,	be	sure	to	wear	a	wrist	band	to	ground	
yourself. Failure to do so may result in damage of electronic components on the 
board due to static electricity from your body.
•	 Do	not	stain	or	peel	off	the	product	nameplates,	labels	of	safety	standards,	or	
product No. indications attached on the machine, and do not attach other labels 
over them.
•	 After	completion	of	operation,	return	the	protective	enclosure,	fixing	screws,	and	
other	removed	components	to	the	original	positions	and	fix	fully.
DRYPIX 4000 (Max 2-tray model) Service Manual
SAFETY PRECAUTION-2
SAFETY PRECAUTION-2006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
n Interlock Release Jig
To operate the equipment with the upper front cover, upper right cover, lower right 
cover, upper small cover, and/or sorter right cover of the equipment opened, use the 
special jig provided with this equipment to release the interlock. To avoid danger, do 
not touch rotating parts. Also take precautions against getting your hands, feet, hair, 
and clothes caught by the equipment.
After completing servicing return the jig back to its original position.
FPCI0101.ai
Upper small cover/Sorter right cover 
interlock release jig 
Lower front 
inside cover 
Upper front cover
interlock release jig
Upper right cover/Lower right cover 
interlock release jig 
Lower front cover 
DRYPIX 4000 (Max 2-tray model) Service Manual
SAFETY PRECAUTION-3
SAFETY PRECAUTION-3006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
1.2 Precautions Against Laser Radiation
As	indicated	in	the	Certification	and	Identification	Label	attached	on	the	rear	cover	of	
the machine, the machine complies with the “Laser Products – Conformance with IEC 
60825-1, Am. 2; Final Guidance for Industry and FDA (Laser Notice No. 50)”. Although 
a laser (Class 3B, semiconductor laser having a wavelength of 658 nm and emitting 
visible red light) having a maximum output of 70 mW is incorporated in the image 
recorder, exposure to any hazards can be avoided by following the instructions set 
forth in this manual.
n How to Avoid Laser Radiation Exposure
To avoid laser radiation exposure, observe the following precautions.
 Steps Requiring Precautions Against Laser Radiation Exposure
When performing the following procedures, thoroughly comply with the instructions set 
forth in this manual to avoid laser radiation exposure.
•	 Removing	the	scanning	optics	unit	and	accomplishing	its	reassembly
•	 Replacing	or	cleaning	the	components	of	the	conveyor	unit	,	entrance	of	the	heat	
development unit or the sub scanning unit
After completion of the above procedures, restore the removed protective housing 
and retaining screws to their original states to prevent the laser beam from leaking out 
from the equipment.
 Periodical Maintenance for Keeping Equipment Conditions Compliant 
with Standards
To keep the equipment compliant with the laser safety requirements, perform the 
preventive	maintenance	programs	at	specified	intervals	(See	“Preventive	Maintenance	
(PM)” Volume.)
 Avoid Laser Radiation Exposure
When performing installation procedures, observe the following precautions to avoid 
laser radiation exposure.
•	 Do	not	attempt	to	perform	any	steps	other	than	those	stated	in	this	manual	because	
laser radiation exposure may result.
•	 Do	not	position	a	mirror	or	other	reflective	article	in	the	laser	beam	optical	path.
•	 Do	not	change	the	laser	beam	optical	path.
•	 Optical	axis	adjustments	must	not	be	made	in	the	field.	Although	the	semiconductor	
laser beam is visible red light, no one is allowed to make optical axis adjustments in 
the	field.
n Laser Output Circuit Interlock
An interlock function is provided for this equipment for turning OFF the laser output 
circuit to prevent laser exposure when the upper front cover or upper right cover is 
opened.
In addition, this equipment is provided with an interlock function that turns OFF the 
laser output circuit when the lower right cover is opened. Though, structurally, there is 
no danger of laser radiation exposure with this cover open.
Before turning ON the power with these covers open and performing services, be sure 
to release the interlock with the special jig provided. After completion of the service 
procedures, return the jig to the original position.
FPCI0102.ai
DRYPIX 4000 (Max 2-traymodel) Service Manual
SAFETY PRECAUTION-4
SAFETY PRECAUTION-4006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
2. LABELS
2.1 Laser Caution Labels
2.1.1 Locations of Laser Caution Labels
The following illustrates the locations of the protective housing and laser caution labels 
specified	in	“Laser	Products	–	Conformance	with	IEC	60825-1,	Am.	2;	Final	Guidance	
for Industry and FDA (Laser Notice No. 50)”.
FPCI0202.ai
Class 3B panel label #2
FPCI0204.ai
Class 3B panel label #2
FPCI0203.ai
Class 3B panel label #1
HHS certification and 
identification label
FPCI0205.ai
Class 3B panel label #1
DRYPIX 4000 (Max 2-tray model) Service Manual
SAFETY PRECAUTION-5
SAFETY PRECAUTION-5006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
2.1.2 List of Laser Caution Labels
n	HHS Certification and Identification Label
<Old Label>
 Serial No. 20351 or earlier Serial No. 20352 or later
FPCI0120.ai
56320001 
MARCH, 2005 
FPCI0140.ai
56420352 
APRIL, 2005 
<New Label>
FPCI0216.ai
n	Class 3B Panel Label #1
FPCI0121.ai
n	Class 3B Panel Label #2
FPCI0123.ai
DRYPIX 4000 (Max 2-tray model) Service Manual
SAFETY PRECAUTION-6
SAFETY PRECAUTION-6006-267-11E
06.30.2011 FM5886
2.2 Other Labels
2.2.1 Locations of Other Labels
FPCI0207.ai
Rating indication label
Manufacturer label
(serial number 20457 or earlier)
or WEEE marking label
(serial number 20961 or later)
DETAIL A
Caution label
(network cable connection)
A
FPCI0222.ai
Caution label
(power cable connection)
FPCI0108.ai
Jam removing 
label 1 
Jam removing label 2 
Cleaning roller 
cleaning label 
Watch out hand 
caution label 
Jam removing label 3 
FPCI0109.ai
Sorter jam removing label 
Sorter caution label 
Jam removing label 4 
DRYPIX 4000 (Max 2-tray model) Service Manual
SAFETY PRECAUTION-7
SAFETY PRECAUTION-7006-267-11E
06.30.2011 FM5886
FPCI0110.ai
High temperature caution label 
High temperature caution label 
2.2.2 List of Labels
n	Rating Indication Label
<Old Label>
 For 100-120 VAC specification For 200-240 VAC specification
FPCI0125.ai
 
FPCI0126.ai
<New Label>
 For 100-120 VAC specification For 200-240 VAC specification
FPCI0219.ai
 
FPCI0220.ai
n	Manufacturer Label (serial number 20457 or earlier)
FPCI0127.ai
n	High Temperature Caution Label
Be aware that the temperature may be high in the area where the following label is 
affixed.
FPCI0128.ai
DRYPIX 4000 (Max 2-tray model) Service Manual
SAFETY PRECAUTION-8
SAFETY PRECAUTION-8006-267-11E
06.30.2011 FM5886
n	Watch Out Hand Caution Label
Be	careful	not	to	catch	fingers	when	closing	the	cover.
FPCI0130.ai
n	Caution Label (network cable connection and power cable 
connection)
09Safe0010.ai
n	Cleaning Roller Cleaning Label
FPCI0131.ai
n	Jam Removing Label 1
FPCI0132.ai
n	Jam Removing Label 2
FPCI0133ai
n	Jam Removing Label 3
FPCI0134.ai
DRYPIX 4000 (Max 2-tray model) Service Manual
SAFETY PRECAUTION-9
SAFETY PRECAUTION-9006-267-11E
06.30.2011 FM5886
n	Jam Removing Label 4
FPCI0135.ai
n	Sorter Jam Removing Label
FPCI0136.ai
n	Sorter Caution Label
Do not lean against the sorter bins.
FPCI0142.ai
n	WEEE Marking Label (serial number 20961 or later)
FPCI0190.ai
DRYPIX 4000 (Max 2-tray model) Service Manual
SAFETY PRECAUTION-10
SAFETY PRECAUTION-10006-267-11E
06.30.2011 FM5886
2.3 Additional Protective Grounding Earth Mark
2.3.1 Imprint Location
FPCI0210.ai
Earth mark 
2.3.2 Imprints
n	Earth Mark (Imprint)
FPCI0129.ai
2.4 Power Cable Caution Label
n	Power Cable Caution Label (Only Hospital Grade Power Cable 
for U.S.A.)
FPCI0214.ai
Power cable 
caution label 
 
FPCI0215.ai
n	Power Connector Caution Label
<NOTE>
For the location marked , be sure to use a cable that complies with the specifications.
FPCI0221.ai
DRYPIX 4000 (Max 2-tray model) Service Manual
SAFETY PRECAUTION-11
SAFETY PRECAUTION-11006-267-11E
06.30.2011 FM5886
3. PROTECTIVE HOUSING FOR 
LASER RADIATION EXPOSURE 
PREVENTION
Even if the protective housing is removed for servicing purpose, the laser beam will 
not possibly leak out of the equipment unless its optical path is intentionally changed. 
However, if the optical path is inadvertently changed during optical system installation, 
the service engineer or other persons near the equipment may be exposed to laser 
radiation.
Optical system related installation procedures must be carefully performed while 
observing the instructions set forth in this manual. After completion of installation, 
thoroughly restore the removed protective housing to its original state.
n Protective Housing of Equipment
The following shows laser exposure protective housing parts of the equipment.
FPCI0212.ai
Upper right cover 
Upper front cover 
Upper cover 
Conveyor unit 
upper right cover 
FPCI0213.ai
Rear cover 
Left inside cover 
n Protective Housing of Scanning Optics Unit
FPCI0114.ai
Upper cover 
<INSTRUCTIONS>
Never remove the upper cover of scanning optics unit.
DRYPIX 4000 (Max 2-tray model) Service Manual
SAFETY PRECAUTION-12
SAFETY PRECAUTION-12006-267-11E
06.30.2011 FM5886
4. CONNECTABLE PERIPHERALS
Accessory	equipment	connected	to	the	analog	and	digital	interfaces	must	be	certified	
according to the respective IEC standards (i.e. IEC60950 for data processing 
equipment	and	IEC60601-1	for	medical	equipment).	Furthermore	all	configurations	
shall comply with the system standard IEC60601-1-1. Everybody who connects 
additional	equipment	to	the	signal	input	part	or	signal	output	part	configures	a	medical	
system, and is therefore responsible that the system complies with the requirements 
of IEC60601-1-1. If in doubt, consult the technical services department or your local 
representative.
5. CLASSIFICATION
1) According to the type of protection against electrical shock
CLASS 1 EQUIPMENT
2) According to the degree of protection against electrical shock
NO APPLIED PART
3) Protection against harmful ingress of water
IPXO
4) According to the degree of safety of application in the presence of 
a flammable anesthetics mixture with air or with oxygen or nitrous 
oxide.
Equipment	not	suitable	for	use	in	the	presence	of	a	flammable	anesthetics	
mixture with air or with oxygen or nitrous oxide.
5) According to the mode of operation
CONTINUOUS OPERATION
DRYPIX 4000 (Max 2-tray model) Service Manual
SAFETY PRECAUTION-13
SAFETY PRECAUTION-13006-267-11E
06.30.2011 FM5886
6. Caution on Electromagnetic Waves
6.1 Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for medical 
devices to the IEC60601-1-2 ED2.1: 2004, Medical Device Directive 93/42/EEC.
These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful 
interference in a typical medical installation.
This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not 
installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference 
to other devices in the vicinity.
However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular 
installation.
If this equipment does cause harmful interference to other devices, which can be 
determined by tuning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to 
correct the interference by one or more of the following measures;
•	 Reorient	or	relocate	the	receiving	device.
•	 Increase	the	separation	between	the	equipment.
•	 Connect	the	equipment	into	an	outlet	on	a	circuit	different	from	that	to	which	the	
other device(s) are connected.
Consult	the	manufacturer	or	field	service	technician	for	help.
6.2 Further Information for IEC60601-1-2 
ED2.1:2004
•	Medical	electrical	equipment	needs	special	precautions	regarding	EMC	and	needs	
to be installed and put into service according to the EMC information described as 
follows.
•	Portable	and	mobile	RF	communications	equipment	can	affect	medical	electrical	
equipment.
•	The	use	of	accessories,	transducers	and	cables	other	than	those	specified,	with	the	
exception of transducers and cables sold by FUJIFILM Corporation as replacement 
partsfor internal components, may result in increased emissions or decreased 
immunity of the DRYPIX 4000.
List of Cables
Name FUJIFILM
parts code General specification
I/F Cable - TIA/EIA-568 Cat5 or more. 
Straight cable of UTP type.
•	 The	DRYPIX	4000	should	not	be	used	adjacent	to	or	stacked	with	other	equipment.
 If adjacent or stacked use is necessary, the DRYPIX 4000 should be observed to 
verify	normal	operation	in	the	configuration	in	which	it	will	be	used.
Guidance and manufacturer's declaration - electromagnetic emissions
The	DRYPIX	4000	is	intended	for	use	in	the	electromagnetic	environment	specified	below.	The	
customer or the user of the DRYPIX 4000 should assure that it is used in such an environment.
Emissions test Compliance Electromagnetic environment - guidance
RF emissions
CISPR 11 Group 1
The DRYPIX 4000 uses RF energy only for its 
internal function. Therefore, its RF emissions 
are very low and are not likely to cause any 
interference in nearby electronic equipment.
RF emissions
CISPR 11 Class A
The DRYPIX 4000 is suitable for use in all 
establishments other than domestic and those 
directly connected to the public low-voltage 
power supply network that supplies buildings 
used for domestic purposes.
Harmonic emissions 
IEC 61000-3-2 Class A
Voltage	fluctuations/
flicker	emissions
IEC 61000-3-3
Complies
DRYPIX 4000 (Max 2-tray model) Service Manual
SAFETY PRECAUTION-14
SAFETY PRECAUTION-14006-267-11E
06.30.2011 FM5886
Guidance and manufacturer's declaration - electromagnetic immunity
The	DRYPIX	4000	is	intended	for	use	in	the	electromagnetic	environment	specified	below.	The	
customer or the user of the DRYPIX 4000 should assure that it is used in such an environment.
Immunity test IEC 60601test level Compliance level
Electromagnetic
environment - 
guidance
Electrostatic discharge 
(ESD)
IEC 61000-4-2
±6kV contact
±8kV air
±2kV contact
±4kV contact
±6kV contact
±2kV air
±4kV air
±8kV air
Floors should be 
wood, concrete or ce-
ramic tile.
If	floors	are	covered	
with synthetic materi-
al, the relative humid-
ity should be at least 
30%.
Electrical fast
transient/burst IEC
61000-4-4
±2kV for power supply 
lines
±1kV for input/output 
lines
±2kV for power supply 
lines
±1kV for input/output 
lines
Mains power quality 
should be that of a 
typical commercial or 
hospital environment.
Surge IEC 61000-4-5 ±1kV differential mode
±2kV common mode
±1kV differential mode
±2kV common mode
Mains power quality 
should be that of a 
typical commercial or 
hospital environment.
Voltage dips, short 
interruptions and 
voltage variations on 
power supply input 
lines
IEC 61000-4-11
< 5 % UT
(>95% dip in UT)
for 0.5 cycle
40 % UT
(60% dip in UT)
for 5 cycles
70 % UT
(30% dip inUT)
for 25 cycles
< 5 % UT
(>95% dip in UT)
for 5 s
< 5 % UT
(>95% dip in UT)
for 0.5 cycle
40 % UT
(60% dip in UT)
for 5 cycles
70 % UT
(30% dip in UT)
for 25 cycles
< 5 % UT
(>95% dip in UT)
for 5 s
Mains power quality 
should be that of a 
typical commercial or 
hospital environment.
If the user of the 
DRYPIX 4000 re-
quires continued op-
eration during power 
mains interruptions, 
it is recommended 
that the DRYPIX 4000 
be powered from an 
uninterruptible power 
supply or a battery.
Power frequency 
(50/60 Hz) magnetic 
field
IEC 61000-4-8
3 A/m 3 A/m Power frequency mag-
netic	fields	should	be	
at levels characteristic 
of a typical location in 
a typical commercial 
or hospital environ-
ment. 
NOTE: UT is the a.c. mains voltage prior to application of the test level.
Guidance and manufacturer's declaration - electromagnetic immunity
The	DRYPIX	4000	is	intended	for	use	in	the	electromagnetic	environment	specified	below.	The	
customer or the user of the DRYPIX 4000 should assure that it is used in such an environment.
Immunity
test
IEC 60601
test level
Compliance
level Electromagnetic environment - guidance
Conducted RF
IEC 61000-4-6
Radiated RF
IEC 61000-4-3
3 Vrms
150kHz -
80MHz
3 V/m
80MHz -
2.5GHz
3 Vrms
3 Vrms
Portable and mobile RF communications 
equipment should be used no closer to any 
part of the DRYPIX 4000, including cables, 
than the recommended separation distance 
calculated from the equation applicable to the 
frequency of the transmitter.
Recommended separation distance
d = 1.2
d = 1.2 80 MHz - 800 MHz
d = 2.3 800 MHz - 2.5 GHz
where P is the maximum output power rat-
ing of the transmitter in watts (W) according 
to the transmitter manufacturer and d is the 
recommended separation distance in metres 
(m).
Field	strengths	from	fixed	RF	transmitters,	
as determined by an electromagnetic site 
survey,a should be less than the compliance 
level in each frequency range.b
Interference may occur in the vicinity of 
equipment marked with the following symbol:
NOTE 1 At 80 MHz and 800 MHz, the higher frequency range applies.
NOTE 2 These guidelines may not apply in all situations. Electromagnetic propagation is af-
fected	by	absorption	and	reflection	from	structures,	objects	and	people.
a	 Field	strength	from	fixed	transmitters,	such	as	base	stations	for	radio	(cellular/cordless)	tele-
phones and land mobile radios, amateur radio, AM and FM radio broadcast and TV broad-
cast cannot be predicted theoretically with accuracy. To assess the electromagnetic environ-
ment	due	to	fixed	RF	transmitters,	an	electromagnetic	site	survey	should	be	considered.	If	
the	measured	field	strength	in	the	location	in	which	the	DRYPIX	4000	is	used	exceeds	the	
applicable RF compliance, the DRYPIX 4000 should be observed to verify normal operation. 
If abnormal performance is observed, additional measures may be necessary, such as reori-
enting or relocating the DRYPIX 4000.
b	 Over	the	frequency	range	150	kHz	to	80	MHz,	field	strength	should	be	less	than	3	V/m.
DRYPIX 4000 (Max 2-tray model) Service Manual
SAFETY PRECAUTION-15
SAFETY PRECAUTION-15006-267-11E
06.30.2011 FM5886
Recommended separation distances between Portable and mobile RF communications 
equipment and the DRYPIX 4000
The DRYPIX 4000 is intended for use in the electromagnetic environment in which radiated RF 
disturbances are controlled. The customer or the user of the DRYPIX 4000 can help prevent 
electromagnetic interference by maintaining a minimum distance between portable and mobile 
RF communications equipment (transmitters) and the DRYPIX 4000 as recommended below, 
according to the maximum output power of the communications equipment.
Rated maximum
output power of
transmitter
W
Separation distance according to frequency of transmitter
m
150 kHz - 80 MHz
d = 1.2 
80 MHz - 800 MHz
d = 1.2 
800 MH - 2.5 GHz
d = 2.3 
0.01 0.12 0.12 0.23
0.1 0.38 0.38 0.73
1 1.2 1.2 2.3
10 3.8 3.8 7.3
100 12 12 23
For transmitters rated at a maximum output power not listed above, the recommended separa-
tion distance d in metres (m) can be estimated using the equation applicable to the frequency 
of the transmitter, where P is the maximum output power rating of the transmitter in watts (W) 
according to the transmitter manufacturer.
NOTE 1 At 80 MHz and 800 MHz, the separation distance for the higher frequency range ap-
plies.
NOTE 2 These guidelines may not apply in all situations. Electromagnetic propagation is af-
fected	by	absorption	and	reflection	from	structures,	objects	and	people.
DRYPIX 4000 (Max 3-tray model) Service Manual006-267-12E
10.07.2011
DRYPIX 4000 SERVICE MANUAL
SAFETY PRECAUTION 
(Max 3-tray model)
 01.31.2011 10 New release (FM5778) All pages
 06.30.2011 11 Revised (FM5886) 2, 4-15
 10.07.2011 12 Revised (Ed3) 1, 5-19
CONTROL SHEET
Revision Number Reason Pages AffectedIssue Date
DRYPIX 4000 (Max 3-tray model) Service Manual
SAFETY PRECAUTION-1
SAFETY PRECAUTION-1006-267-12E
10.07.2011
1. SAFETY PRECAUTION
To avoid accidents, observe the following precautions.
1.1 General Precautions
 WARNING
No modification of this equipment is allowed.
 Power Supply
•	 Be	sure	to	turn	OFF	the	power	of	the	main	power	switch	and	switch	boardbefore	
starting operation. Starting operations with the power ON may result in electric 
shock,	fire	hazards,	or	machine	malfunction.	Some	parts	are	not	fully	discharged	
and	other	parts	(e.g.	heater)	remain	heated	immediately	after	power	OFF.	Be	
careful not to touch such parts. When performing steps (e.g. voltage measurement) 
that cannot be completed with the power OFF, observe the instructions set forth in 
this	manual	and	operate	with	care	to	avoid	electric	shock	and	other	hazards.
•	 When	restarting	the	machine,	turn	OFF	the	power,	wait	for	more	than	10	seconds,	
and then turn it ON. If the interval from power OFF to ON is too short, the machine 
may not be properly started.
•	 Do	not	connect	any	unspecified	device.
•	 In	an	emergency	disconnect	the	power	plug	or	the	inlet	Ensure	sufficient	space	
around the power plug or the inlet.
 Ventilation of Installation Site
The	ventilation	of	the	equipment	and	film	is	accompanied	by	a	slight	smell.	Be	sure	to	
ventilate the room during and after operation.
 Drive Section Inspection
To avoid accidents, be sure to turn OFF the power before initiating inspection or 
adjustment procedures. When performing an inspection or adjustment procedure 
that cannot be completed with the power OFF, operate carefully while observing the 
instructions set forth in this manual.
 Heavy Weights
When installing or removing heavy weights, complete it with an assistant or a hoisting 
or other appropriate device.
 Safety Devices
Ensure that the accident prevention functions of fuses, interlock switches, panels, 
covers, and other safety devices are always operative. Also refrain from introducing 
such	modifications	which	may	impair	the	safety	device	functions.
 Adjustable Foot Anchorage
As	an	earthquake	measure	for	the	equipment,	fasten	the	adjustable	feet	to	the	floor	
surface.
 Optical Parts Handling Precautions
When handling any optical parts, observe the following precautions. Failure to observe 
these precautions may result in a deterioration in image quality.
•	 Never	touch	the	surfaces	of	optical	parts.
•	 When	removing	dirt	from	optical	parts,	use	the	specified	procedure	only.
•	 Scanning	optics	unit	removal	must	be	carried	out	in	a	clean	environment.	Also	do	
not remove the scanning optics unit protective housing.
 Heat Development Unit Handling Precautions
A heater is used for the rack. Touching it during operations may result in burns. Turn 
the power OFF and wait until the heater temperature drops before handling the unit.
 Grounding
Safety provided by grounding is assured by properly establishing power cable and 
additional protective ground wire connections and by securing the parts with retaining 
screws. To maintain safety, ensure that the parts and retaining screws removed for 
servicing purposes are restored to the original states upon installation. After the 
parts and retaining screws are restored to the above-mentioned states, follow the 
procedures set forth in this service manual to verify that the retaining screws are 
securely tightened to properly secure the parts.
 Other General Precautions
•	 When	servicing	the	board	for	maintenance,	be	sure	to	wear	a	wrist	band	to	ground	
yourself. Failure to do so may result in damage of electronic components on the 
board due to static electricity from your body.
•	 Do	not	stain	or	peel	off	the	product	nameplates,	labels	of	safety	standards,	or	
product No. indications attached on the machine, and do not attach other labels 
over them.
•	 After	completion	of	operation,	return	the	protective	enclosure,	fixing	screws,	and	
other	removed	components	to	the	original	positions	and	fix	fully.
DRYPIX 4000 (Max 3-tray model) Service Manual
SAFETY PRECAUTION-2
SAFETY PRECAUTION-2006-267-11E
06.30.2011 FM5886
 Interlock Release Jig
The max 3-tray model does not have an interlock release jig. If you wish to use an 
interlock release jig, purchase service parts.
The interlock release jig that can be used with the max 3-tray model is that same as 
the one equipped on the max 2-tray model.
DRYPIX 4000 (Max 3-tray model) Service Manual
SAFETY PRECAUTION-3
SAFETY PRECAUTION-3006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
1.2 Precautions Against Laser Radiation
As	indicated	in	the	Certification	and	Identification	Label	attached	on	the	rear	cover	of	
the machine, the machine complies with the “Laser Products – Conformance with IEC 
60825-1, Am. 2; Final Guidance for Industry and FDA (Laser Notice No. 50)”. Although 
a	laser	(Class	3B,	semiconductor	laser	having	a	wavelength	of	658	nm	and	emitting	
visible red light) having a maximum output of 70 mW is incorporated in the image 
recorder,	exposure	to	any	hazards	can	be	avoided	by	following	the	instructions	set	
forth in this manual.
 How to Avoid Laser Radiation Exposure
To avoid laser radiation exposure, observe the following precautions.
 Steps Requiring Precautions Against Laser Radiation Exposure
When performing the following procedures, thoroughly comply with the instructions set 
forth in this manual to avoid laser radiation exposure.
•	 Removing	the	scanning	optics	unit	and	accomplishing	its	reassembly
•	 Replacing	or	cleaning	the	components	of	the	conveyor	unit	,	entrance	of	the	heat	
development unit or the sub scanning unit
After completion of the above procedures, restore the removed protective housing 
and retaining screws to their original states to prevent the laser beam from leaking out 
from the equipment.
 Periodical Maintenance for Keeping Equipment Conditions Compliant 
with Standards
To keep the equipment compliant with the laser safety requirements, perform the 
preventive	maintenance	programs	at	specified	intervals	(See	“Preventive	Maintenance	
(PM)” Volume.)
 Avoid Laser Radiation Exposure
When performing installation procedures, observe the following precautions to avoid 
laser radiation exposure.
•	 Do	not	attempt	to	perform	any	steps	other	than	those	stated	in	this	manual	because	
laser radiation exposure may result.
•	 Do	not	position	a	mirror	or	other	reflective	article	in	the	laser	beam	optical	path.
•	 Do	not	change	the	laser	beam	optical	path.
•	 Optical	axis	adjustments	must	not	be	made	in	the	field.	Although	the	semiconductor	
laser beam is visible red light, no one is allowed to make optical axis adjustments in 
the	field.
 Laser Output Circuit Interlock
An interlock function is provided for this equipment for turning OFF the laser output 
circuit to prevent laser exposure when the upper front cover or upper right cover is 
opened.
In addition, this equipment is provided with an interlock function that turns OFF the 
laser output circuit when the lower right cover is opened. Though, structurally, there is 
no danger of laser radiation exposure with this cover open.
Before	turning	ON	the	power	with	these	covers	open	and	performing	services,	be	sure	
to release the interlock with the special jig provided. After completion of the service 
procedures, return the jig to the original position.
09Safe0002.ai
DRYPIX 4000 (Max 3-tray model) Service Manual
SAFETY PRECAUTION-4
SAFETY PRECAUTION-4006-267-11E
06.30.2011 FM5886
2. LABELS
2.1 Laser Caution Labels
2.1.1 Locations of Laser Caution Labels
The following illustrates the locations of the protective housing and laser caution labels 
specified	in	“Laser	Products	–	Conformance	with	IEC	60825-1,	Am.	2;	Final	Guidance	
for Industry and FDA (Laser Notice No. 50)”.
09Safe0003.ai
Class 3B Panel Label #2
09Safe0004.ai
Class 3B Panel Label #2
09Safe0005.ai
Class 3B panel Label #1
HHS Certification and 
Identification Label
Class 3B panel Label #1
HHS Certification and 
Identification Label
For overseas
For china
DRYPIX 4000 (Max 3-tray model) Service Manual
SAFETY PRECAUTION-5
SAFETY PRECAUTION-5006-267-12E
10.07.2011
09Safe0006.ai
Class 3B Panel Label #1
2.1.2 List of Laser Caution Labels
	HHS Certification and Identification Label
09Safe0014.ai
 
	IEC60825-1:Class 1 Product Label
Class 1 Product IEC60825-1
	Class 3B Panel Label #109Safe0015.ai
DRYPIX 4000 (Max 3-tray model) Service Manual
SAFETY PRECAUTION-6
SAFETY PRECAUTION-6006-267-12E
10.07.2011
	Class 3B Panel Label #2
09Safe0016.ai
CLASS 3B LASER RADIATION WHEN OPEN AND 
INTERLCKS DEFEATED.
AVOID EXPOSURE TO THE BEAM.
RADIACIÓN LÁSER DE CLASE 3B EN CASO DE ABRIR 
AQUÍ Y CANCELAR EL BLOQUEO DE SEGURIDAD.
EVITAR LA EXPOSICIÓN A LA RADIACIÓN.
HVIS INTERLOCK SWITCHEN BLIVER UDLØST NÅR FRONT LÅGEN ER 
ÅBEN, VIL LASEREN UDSENDE EN LASERSTRÅLE. (KLASSE 3B STRÅLE)
UNDGÅ BESTRÅLING FRA LASEREN.
RAGGIO LASER CLASSE 3B IN CASO DI 
APERTURA ED A SICUREZZE DISABILITATE.
NON ESPORSI AL RAGGIO.
LASERSTRÅLING I KLASSE 3B VED ÅPNING 
OG NÅR SIKKERHETSLÅSER BRYTES.
UNNGÅ EKSPONERING FRA STRÅLEN.
ΑΦΟΥ ΑΝΟΙΞΕΤΕ ΤΟ ΜΠΡΟΣΤΙΝΟ ΚΑΠΑΚΙ, ΘΑ ΥΠΑΡΞΕΙ ΕΚΠΟΜΠΗ
ΑΚΤΙΝΑΣ LASERΚΛΑΣΗΣ 3Β.
ΠΑΡΑΚΑΛΟΥΜΕ ΝΑ ΑΠΟΦΥΓΕΤΕ ΝΑ ΕΚΤΕΘΕΙΤΕ ΣΤΗΝ ΑΚΤΙΝΑ ΑΥΤΗ.
SEVANJE LASERJA RAZREDA 3B PRI ODPRTEM 
POKROVU IN ODSTRANJENI ZAPORI.
NE IZPOSTAVLJAJTE SE LESERSKEMU ŽARKU!
NEBEZPEČNÉ LASEROVÉ ZÁŘENÍ TŘÍDY 3B PŘI OTEVŘENÍ
PŘEDNÍHO KRYTU A PŘEKONÁNÍ BLOKOVÁNÍ SPÍNAČEM.
NEBEZPEČÍ POŠKOZENÍ ZRAKU!!
PO OTVORENÍ PREDNÉHO KRYTU A VYPNUTÍ BEZPEČNOSTNÉHO
SPÍNAČA, DÔJDE K VYŽIARENIU LASEROVÉHO LÚČA TRIEDY 3B.
VYVARUJTE SA EXPOZÍCII TÝMTO LÚČOM.
ПРИ ОТВАРЯНЕ И СПРЯНО БЛОКИРАНЕ СЕ
ИЗЛЪЧВА ЛАЗЕР КЛАС 3В.
ИЗБЯГВАЙТЕ ИЗЛАГАНЕ НА ЛЪЧА.
KLASSE 3B LASERSTRALEN NA OPENEN VAN DE 
VOORDEUR EN BIJ UITGESCHAKELDE BEVEILIGING.
VERMIJD BLOOTSTELLING AAN LASERSTRALEN.
打��里，解除���，会�出3B�的激光。
��必避�以免受到激光照射。
打開此處的蓋子, 假如解除連鎖, 會�生3B級的雷射光。
請避免雷射光的照射。
EMITE RADIAÇÃO LASER CLASSE 3B QUANDO ABERTO 
OU POR DEFEITO INTERRUPTOR DE SEGURANÇA.
EVITE EXPOSIÇÃO AO RAIO LASER.
RADIASI LASER KELAS 3B BILA TERBUKA 
DAN KUNCI PENGAMAN DIMATIKAN.
HINDARI PAPARAN PADA SOROTAN SINAR.
KUI PÄRAST ESIPANEELI AVAMIST VABASTADA 
TURVALUKK, VÄLJUB LASERKIIR VÕIMSUSKLASSIGA 3B.
VÄLTIGE KIIRE ETTE SATTUMIST.
3B LAZERIO KLASĖS SPINDULIUOTĖ, KAI 
ATIDARYTA IR ATJUNGTA BLOKUOTĖ.
VENKITE SPINDULIO POVEIKIO.
JA ATVĒRTS UN BLOĶĒŠANA ATSLĒGTA, IZSARGĀTIES
NO 3B KLASES LĀZERA STAROJUMA!
IZVAIRIETIES NO STARU IEDARBĪBAS.
AZ ELÜLSŐ FEDÉL ELTÁVOLÍTÁSA UTÁN, HA A ZÁRAT 
KIOLDJUK, A 3B OSZTÁLYÚ LÉZER SUGÁROZNI KEZD. 
KÉRJÜK NE ÁLLJON A LÉZERSUGÁRBA!
เมื่อเปิดฝาด้านหน้าออกและระบบอินเตอร์ล็อคไม่ทำงาน
ระดับความอันตรายของลำแสงเลเซอร์อยู่ที่ระดับ3B
หลีกเลี่ยงการจ้องมองที่ลำแสงเลเซอร์
BEI GEOFFNETEM FRONTCOVER MIT DEAKTIVIERTER 
SICHERHEITSCHALTUNG TRITT LASERLICHT DER KLASSE 3B AUS.
BITTE NICHT DEM LASERSTRAHL AUSSETZTEN.
POZOR
POZOR!!
ATENŢIE!
2.2 Other Labels
<NOTE>
The illustration referred to the CAUTION Label for the specification IEC60601-
1:Ed3:2005.
2.2.1 Locations of Other Labels
09Safe0007.aiA
A
DETAIL A
Caution label
(network cable connection)
Rating indication label
Rating indication label
Chinese RoHs mark
Chinese RoHs mark
Caution Label
Caution Label
Chinese product 
indication label
For overseas
For china
DRYPIX 4000 (Max 3-tray model) Service Manual
SAFETY PRECAUTION-7
SAFETY PRECAUTION-7006-267-12E
10.07.2011
09Safe0022.ai
Caution label
(power cable connection)
09Safe0008.ai
Watch out hand
caution label
Sorter jam 
removing label
Sorter caution label
09Safe0009.ai
High temperature caution label
High temperature caution label
09Safe0013.ai
1st rack
2nd rack
Higth temperature 
caution label
DRYPIX 4000 (Max 3-tray model) Service Manual
SAFETY PRECAUTION-8
SAFETY PRECAUTION-8006-267-12E
10.07.2011
2.2.2 List of Labels
	Rating Indication Label
 For 100-120 VAC specification For 200-240 VAC specification
09Safe0017E.ai
 
09Safe0018E.ai
 <IEC60601-1 : Ed3 : 2005>
 For 200-240 VAC specification
09Safe0023.ai
 
	High Temperature Caution Label
Be	aware	that	the	temperature	may	be	high	in	the	area	where	the	following	label	is	
affixed.
FPCI0128.ai
	Chinese Product Indication Label
09Safe0019.ai
合格产品
	Caution Label
09Safe0020.ai
	Chinese RoHs mark
09Safe0020.ai
	Watch Out Hand Caution Label
Be	careful	not	to	catch	fingers	when	closing	the	cover.
FPCI0130.ai
	Caution Label (network cable connection and power cable 
connection)
<NOTE>
For this equipment, 2 types of CAUTION Labels are respectively labeled 
corresponding to its specification.
 <IEC60601-1 : Ed3 : 2005> <IEC60601-1 : Ed2 : 2004>
09Safe0024.ai
 
09Safe0010.ai
DRYPIX 4000 (Max 3-tray model) Service Manual
SAFETY PRECAUTION-9
SAFETY PRECAUTION-9006-267-12E
10.07.2011
	Sorter Jam Removing Label
FPCI0136.ai
	Sorter Caution Label
Do not lean against the sorter bins.
FPCI0142.ai
2.3 Additional Protective Grounding Earth Mark
2.3.1 Imprint Location
09Safe0001.ai
Earth mark
2.3.2 Imprints
	Earth Mark (Imprint)
FPCI0129.ai
DRYPIX 4000 (Max 3-tray model) Service Manual
SAFETY PRECAUTION-10
SAFETY PRECAUTION-10006-267-12E
10.07.2011
2.4 Power Cable Caution Label
	Power Cable Caution Label (Only Hospital Grade Power Cable 
for U.S.A.)
FPCI0214.ai
Power cable 
caution label 
 
FPCI0215.ai
	Power Connector Caution Label
<NOTE>
•	 Always	use	a	cable	conforming	to	the	specifications	at	a	position	with	a	caution	
label applied.
•	 For	this	equipment,	2	types	of	CAUTION	Labels	are	respectively	labeled	
corresponding	to	its	specification.
•	 The	illustration	referred	to	the	CAUTION	Label	for	the	specification	IEC60601-
1:Ed3:2005.
09Safe000E1.ai
Earth mark
DRYPIX 4000 (Max 3-tray model) Service Manual
SAFETY PRECAUTION-11
SAFETY PRECAUTION-11006-267-12E
10.07.2011
3. PROTECTIVE HOUSING FOR 
LASER RADIATION EXPOSURE 
PREVENTION
Even if the protective housing is removed for servicing purpose, the laser beam will 
not possibly leak out of the equipment unless its optical path is intentionally changed. 
However, if the optical path is inadvertently changed during optical system installation, 
the service engineer or other persons near the equipment may be exposed to laser 
radiation.
Optical system related installation procedures must be carefully performed while 
observing the instructions set forth in this manual. After completion of installation, 
thoroughly restore the removed protective housing to its original state.
 Protective Housing of Equipment
The following shows laser exposure protective housing parts of the equipment.
09Safe0011.ai
Upper right 
cover
Upper front cover
Upper cover
Conveyor unit 
upper right cover
09Safe0012.ai
Rear cover
Left inside cover
 Protective Housing of Scanning Optics Unit
FPCI0114.ai
Upper cover 
<INSTRUCTIONS>
Never remove the upper cover of scanning optics unit.
DRYPIX 4000 (Max 3-tray model) Service Manual
SAFETY PRECAUTION-12
SAFETY PRECAUTION-12006-267-12E
10.07.2011
4. CONNECTABLE PERIPHERALS
Accessory	equipment	connected	to	the	analog	and	digital	interfaces	must	be	certified	
according to the respective IEC standards (i.e. IEC60950 for data processing 
equipment	and	IEC60601-1	for	medical	equipment).	Furthermore	all	configurations	
shall comply with the system standard IEC60601-1-1:2000 and IEC60601-1:2005 
chapter16. Everybody who connects additional equipment to the signal input part 
or	signal	output	part	configures	a	medical	system,	and	is	therefore	responsible	that	
the system complies with the requirements of IEC60601-1-1:2000 and IEC60601-
1:2005 chapter16. If in doubt, consult the technical services department or your local 
representative.
DRYPIX 4000 (Max 3-tray model) Service Manual
SAFETY PRECAUTION-13
SAFETY PRECAUTION-13006-267-12E
10.07.2011
5. CLASSIFICATION
1) According to the type of protection against electrical shock
CLASS 1 EQUIPMENT
2) According to the degree of protection against electrical shock
NO APPLIED PART
3) Protection against harmful ingress of water or particulate matter
IP00
4) According to the degree of safety of application in the presence of 
a flammable anesthetics mixture with air or with oxygen or nitrous 
oxide.
Equipment	not	suitable	for	use	in	the	presence	of	a	flammable	anesthetics	
mixture with air or with oxygen or nitrous oxide.
5) According to the mode of operation
CONTINUOUS OPERATIONDRYPIX 4000 (Max 3-tray model) Service Manual
SAFETY PRECAUTION-14
SAFETY PRECAUTION-14006-267-12E
10.07.2011
6. Caution on Electromagnetic Waves
6.1 Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for medical 
devices to the IEC60601-1-2, Medical Device Directive 93/42/EEC.
These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful 
interference in a typical medical installation.
This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not 
installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference 
to other devices in the vicinity.
However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular 
installation.
If this equipment does cause harmful interference to other devices, which can be 
determined by tuning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to 
correct the interference by one or more of the following measures;
•	 Reorient	or	relocate	the	receiving	device.
•	 Increase	the	separation	between	the	equipment.
•	 Connect	the	equipment	into	an	outlet	on	a	circuit	different	from	that	to	which	the	
other device(s) are connected.
Consult	the	manufacturer	or	field	service	technician	for	help.
6.2 Further Information for IEC60601-1-2
•	Medical	electrical	equipment	needs	special	precautions	regarding	EMC	and	needs	
to be installed and put into service according to the EMC information described as 
follows.
•	Portable	and	mobile	RF	communications	equipment	can	affect	medical	electrical	
equipment.
•	The	use	of	accessories,	transducers	and	cables	other	than	those	specified,	with	the	
exception of transducers and cables sold by FUJIFILM Corporation as replacement 
parts for internal components, may result in increased emissions or decreased 
immunity of the DRYPIX 4000.
List of Cables
Name FUJIFILM
parts code General specification
I/F Cable - TIA/EIA-568 Cat5 or more. 
Straight cable of UTP type.
•	 The	DRYPIX	4000	should	not	be	used	adjacent	to	or	stacked	with	other	equipment.
 If adjacent or stacked use is necessary, the DRYPIX 4000 should be observed to 
verify	normal	operation	in	the	configuration	in	which	it	will	be	used.
Guidance and manufacturer's declaration - electromagnetic emissions
The	DRYPIX	4000	is	intended	for	use	in	the	electromagnetic	environment	specified	below.	The	
customer or the user of the DRYPIX 4000 should assure that it is used in such an environment.
Emissions test Compliance Electromagnetic environment - guidance
RF emissions
CISPR 11 Group 1
The DRYPIX 4000 uses RF energy only for its 
internal function. Therefore, its RF emissions 
are very low and are not likely to cause any 
interference in nearby electronic equipment.
RF emissions
CISPR 11 Class A
The DRYPIX 4000 is suitable for use in all 
establishments other than domestic and those 
directly connected to the public low-voltage 
power supply network that supplies buildings 
used for domestic purposes.
Harmonic emissions 
IEC 61000-3-2 Class A
Voltage	fluctuations/
flicker	emissions
IEC 61000-3-3
Complies
DRYPIX 4000 (Max 3-tray model) Service Manual
SAFETY PRECAUTION-15
SAFETY PRECAUTION-15006-267-12E
10.07.2011
Guidance and manufacturer's declaration - electromagnetic immunity
The	DRYPIX	4000	is	intended	for	use	in	the	electromagnetic	environment	specified	below.	The	
customer or the user of the DRYPIX 4000 should assure that it is used in such an environment.
Immunity test IEC 60601test level Compliance level
Electromagnetic
environment - 
guidance
Electrostatic discharge 
(ESD)
IEC 61000-4-2
±6kV contact
±8kV air
±2kV contact
±4kV contact
±6kV contact
±2kV air
±4kV air
±8kV air
Floors should be 
wood, concrete or ce-
ramic tile.
If	floors	are	covered	
with synthetic materi-
al, the relative humid-
ity should be at least 
30%.
Electrical fast
transient/burst IEC
61000-4-4
±2kV for power supply 
lines
±1kV for input/output 
lines
±2kV for power supply 
lines
±1kV for input/output 
lines
Mains power quality 
should be that of a 
typical commercial or 
hospital environment.
Surge IEC 61000-4-5 ±1kV differential mode
±2kV common mode
±1kV differential mode
±2kV common mode
Mains power quality 
should be that of a 
typical commercial or 
hospital environment.
Voltage dips, short 
interruptions and 
voltage variations on 
power supply input 
lines
IEC 61000-4-11
< 5 % UT
(>95% dip in UT)
for 0.5 cycle
40 % UT
(60% dip in UT)
for 5 cycles
70 % UT
(30% dip inUT)
for 25 cycles
< 5 % UT
(>95% dip in UT)
for 5 s
< 5 % UT
(>95% dip in UT)
for 0.5 cycle
40 % UT
(60% dip in UT)
for 5 cycles
70 % UT
(30% dip in UT)
for 25 cycles
< 5 % UT
(>95% dip in UT)
for 5 s
Mains power quality 
should be that of a 
typical commercial or 
hospital environment.
If the user of the 
DRYPIX 4000 re-
quires continued op-
eration during power 
mains interruptions, 
it is recommended 
that the DRYPIX 4000 
be powered from an 
uninterruptible power 
supply or a battery.
Power frequency 
(50/60	Hz)	magnetic	
field
IEC 61000-4-8
3 A/m 3 A/m Power frequency mag-
netic	fields	should	be	
at levels characteristic 
of a typical location in 
a typical commercial 
or hospital environ-
ment. 
NOTE: UT is the a.c. mains voltage prior to application of the test level.
Guidance and manufacturer's declaration - electromagnetic immunity
The	DRYPIX	4000	is	intended	for	use	in	the	electromagnetic	environment	specified	below.	The	
customer or the user of the DRYPIX 4000 should assure that it is used in such an environment.
Immunity
test
IEC 60601
test level
Compliance
level Electromagnetic environment - guidance
Conducted RF
IEC 61000-4-6
Radiated RF
IEC 61000-4-3
3 Vrms
150kHz	-
80MHz
3 V/m
80MHz	-
2.5GHz
3 Vrms
3 Vrms
Portable and mobile RF communications 
equipment should be used no closer to any 
part of the DRYPIX 4000, including cables, 
than the recommended separation distance 
calculated from the equation applicable to the 
frequency of the transmitter.
Recommended separation distance
d = 1.2
d = 1.2 	 80	MHz	-	800	MHz
d = 2.3 	 800	MHz	-	2.5	GHz
where P is the maximum output power rat-
ing of the transmitter in watts (W) according 
to the transmitter manufacturer and d is the 
recommended separation distance in metres 
(m).
Field	strengths	from	fixed	RF	transmitters,	
as determined by an electromagnetic site 
survey,a should be less than the compliance 
level in each frequency range.b
Interference may occur in the vicinity of 
equipment marked with the following symbol:
NOTE	1	 At	80	MHz	and	800	MHz,	the	higher	frequency	range	applies.
NOTE 2 These guidelines may not apply in all situations. Electromagnetic propagation is af-
fected	by	absorption	and	reflection	from	structures,	objects	and	people.
a	 Field	strength	from	fixed	transmitters,	such	as	base	stations	for	radio	(cellular/cordless)	tele-
phones and land mobile radios, amateur radio, AM and FM radio broadcast and TV broad-
cast cannot be predicted theoretically with accuracy. To assess the electromagnetic environ-
ment	due	to	fixed	RF	transmitters,	an	electromagnetic	site	survey	should	be	considered.	If	
the	measured	field	strength	in	the	location	in	which	the	DRYPIX	4000	is	used	exceeds	the	
applicable RF compliance, the DRYPIX 4000 should be observed to verify normal operation. 
If abnormal performance is observed, additional measures may be necessary, such as reori-
enting or relocating the DRYPIX 4000.
b	 Over	the	frequency	range	150	kHz	to	80	MHz,	field	strength	should	be	less	than	3	V/m.
DRYPIX 4000 (Max 3-tray model) Service Manual
SAFETY PRECAUTION-16
SAFETY PRECAUTION-16006-267-12E
10.07.2011
Recommended separation distances between Portable and mobile RF communications 
equipment and the DRYPIX 4000
The DRYPIX 4000 is intended for use in the electromagnetic environment in which radiated RF 
disturbances are controlled. The customer or the user of the DRYPIX 4000 can help prevent 
electromagnetic interference by maintaining a minimum distancebetween portable and mobile 
RF communications equipment (transmitters) and the DRYPIX 4000 as recommended below, 
according to the maximum output power of the communications equipment.
Rated maximum
output power of
transmitter
W
Separation distance according to frequency of transmitter
m
150 kHz - 80 MHz
d = 1.2 
80 MHz - 800 MHz
d = 1.2 
800 MH - 2.5 GHz
d = 2.3 
0.01 0.12 0.12 0.23
0.1 0.38 0.38 0.73
1 1.2 1.2 2.3
10 3.8 3.8 7.3
100 12 12 23
For transmitters rated at a maximum output power not listed above, the recommended separa-
tion distance d in metres (m) can be estimated using the equation applicable to the frequency 
of the transmitter, where P is the maximum output power rating of the transmitter in watts (W) 
according to the transmitter manufacturer.
NOTE	1	 At	80	MHz	and	800	MHz,	the	separation	distance	for	the	higher	frequency	range	ap-
plies.
NOTE 2 These guidelines may not apply in all situations. Electromagnetic propagation is af-
fected	by	absorption	and	reflection	from	structures,	objects	and	people.
DRYPIX 4000 (Max 3-tray model) Service Manual
SAFETY PRECAUTION-17
SAFETY PRECAUTION-17006-267-12E
10.07.2011
7. Cautions on Network
•	 Before	connecting	this	system	to	the	network	with	other	systems,	confirm	that	the	
other systems are not affected. If they are affected, take countermeasures such as 
network separation.
•	 After	modifying	the	network,	confirm	that	this	system	is	not	affected.	If	it	is	affected,	
take appropriate countermeasures including.
•	 Replacing	connected	devices
•	 Connecting	additional	devices
•	 Removing	devices
•	 Updating	devices
•	 Upgrading	devices
DRYPIX 4000 (Max 3-tray model) Service Manual
SAFETY PRECAUTION-18
SAFETY PRECAUTION-18006-267-12E
10.07.2011
BLANK PAGE
DRYPIX 4000 (Max 3-tray model) Service Manual
SAFETY PRECAUTION-19
SAFETY PRECAUTION-19006-267-12E
10.07.2011
BLANK PAGE
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual006-267-14E
03.20.2014 FM9229
DRYPIX 4000 SERVICE MANUAL
SPECIFICATIONS
 11.05.2004 00 New release (FM4426 (1)) All pages
 02.28.2005 01 Revised (FM4555) All pages
 04.25.2005 02 Revised (FM4589) 1, 2, 4, 8
 02.28.2006 03 Revised (FM4704) 4, 7
 03.31.2008 07 Revised (Revision for main unit software version 4, 9
 V3.3, DI Tool version V3.1, etc.) (FM5333)
 02.15.2010 09 Revised (FM5680) 9
 01.31.2011 10 Revised (FM5778) All pages
 06.30.2011 11 Revised (FM5886) All pages
 10.07.2011 12 Revised (Ed3) 13, 14
 03.20.2014 14 Revised (FM9229) 6-7
CONTROL SHEET
Revision Number Reason Pages AffectedIssue Date
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
SPECIFICATIONS-1
SPECIFICATIONS-1006-267-11E
06.30.2011 FM5886
1. SPECIFICATIONS
1.1 Part Name
1.1.1 Max 2-tray model
Product Code Contents Parts No. Remarks
DRYPIX 4000 
100V E
Overseas	specifications	main	unit 000Y5133
(VUSA/VF1)
Overseas 100 - 120 V 
specifications
Film tray: 1 tray
Tray setting
•	Tray	1:	35	x	43	cm	size
Tray can be extended up 
to 2 trays. (Optional tray)
Power cable (100 - 120 V) 136Y9138 Hospital grade power 
cable for U.S.A.
Buffer memory board: 1 113S0185A 256 MB (*1)
Individual data FD: 1
Scanner unit data FD: 1
Main unit software CD-R: 1
Operation Manual
DRYPIX 4000 
100V 2T E
Overseas	specifications	main	unit 000Y5133
(VUSA/VF2)
Overseas 100 - 120 V 
specifications
Film tray: 2 tray
Tray setting
•	Tray	1:	35	x	43	cm	size
•	Tray	2:	26	x	36	cm	size
Power cable (100 - 120 V) 136Y9138 Hospital grade power 
cable for U.S.A.
Buffer memory board: 1 113S0185A 256 MB (*1)
Individual data FD: 1
Scanner unit data FD: 1
Main unit software CD-R: 1
Operation Manual
(*1): Memory can be extended up to 512 MB. (Optional memory)
Product Code Contents Parts No. Remarks
DRYPIX 4000 
200V E
Overseas	specifications	main	unit 000Y5133
(VEU/VF1)
Overseas 200 - 240 V 
specifications
Film tray: 1 tray
Tray setting
•	Tray	1:	35	x	43	cm	size
Tray can be extended up 
to 2 trays. (Optional tray)
Power cable (230 V) 136N0449 Power cable for EU
Buffer memory board: 1 113S0185A 256 MB (*1)
Individual data FD: 1
Scanner unit data FD: 1
Main unit software CD-R: 1
Operation Manual
DRYPIX 4000 
200V 2T E
Overseas	specifications	main	unit 000Y5133
(VEU/VF2)
Overseas 200 - 240 V 
specifications
Film tray: 2 tray
Tray setting
•	Tray	1:	35	x	43	cm	size
•	Tray	2:	20	x	25	cm	size
Power cable (230 V) 136N0449 Power cable for EU
Buffer memory board: 1 113S0185A 256 MB (*1)
Individual data FD: 1
Scanner unit data FD: 1
Main unit software CD-R: 1
Operation Manual
(*1): Memory can be extended up to 512 MB. (Optional memory)
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
SPECIFICATIONS-2
SPECIFICATIONS-2006-267-11E
06.30.2011 FM5886
Product Code Contents Parts No. Remarks
DRYPIX 4000 
200V UK E
Overseas	specifications	main	unit 000Y5133
(VBSI/VF1)
Overseas 200 - 240 V 
specifications
Film tray: 1 tray
Tray setting
•	Tray	1:	35	x	43	cm	size
Tray can be extended up 
to 2 trays. (Optional tray)
Power cable (240 V) 136N0450 Power cable for U.K.
Buffer memory board: 1 113S0185A 256 MB (*1)
Individual data FD: 1
Scanner unit data FD: 1
Main unit software CD-R: 1
Operation Manual
DRYPIX 4000 
200V UK 2T E
Overseas	specifications	main	unit 000Y5133
(VBSI/VF2)
Overseas 200 - 240 V 
specifications
Film tray: 2 tray
Tray setting
•	Tray	1:	35	x	43	cm	size
•	Tray	2:	20	x	25	cm	size
Power cable (240 V) 136N0450 Power cable for U.K.
Buffer memory board: 1 113S0185A 256 MB (*1)
Individual data FD: 1
Scanner unit data FD: 1
Main unit software CD-R: 1
Operation Manual
(*1): Memory can be extended up to 512 MB. (Optional memory)
1.1.2 Max 3-tray model
 For overseas
Product Code Contents Parts No. Remarks
DRYPIX PLUS 
100V H E
Overseas	specifications	main	unit Overseas 100 - 120 V 
specifications
Film tray: 1 tray
Tray setting
•	Tray	1:	35	x	43	cm	size
Tray can be extended up 
to 3 trays. (Optional tray)
Buffer memory board: 1 1GB
Individual data CD-R: 1
Main unit software CD-R: 1
Operation Manual
DRYPIX PLUS 
100V 2T BH E
Overseas	specifications	main	unit Overseas 100 - 120 V 
specifications
Film tray: 2 tray
Tray setting
•	Tray	1:	35	x	43	cm	size
•	Tray	2:	26	x	36	cm	size
Tray can be extended up 
to 3 trays. (Optional tray)
Buffer memory board: 1 1GB
Individual data CD-R: 1
Main unit software CD-R: 1
Operation Manual
DRYPIX PLUS 
100V 3T BHH E
Overseas	specifications	main	unit Overseas 100 - 120 V 
specifications
Film tray: 3 tray
Tray setting
•	Tray	1:	35	x	43	cm	size
•	Tray	2:	35	x	43	cm	size
•	Tray	3:	26	x	36	cm	size
Buffer memory board: 1 1GB
Individual data CD-R: 1
Main unit software CD-R: 1
Operation Manual
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
SPECIFICATIONS-3
SPECIFICATIONS-3006-267-11E
06.30.2011 FM5886
Product Code Contents Parts No. Remarks
DRYPIX PLUS 
200V H E
Overseas	specifications	main	unit Overseas 200 - 240 V 
specifications
Film tray: 1 tray
Tray setting
•	Tray	1:	35	x	43	cm	size
Tray can be extended up 
to 3 trays. (Optional tray)
Buffer memory board: 1 1GB
Individual data CD-R: 1
Main unit software CD-R: 1
Operation Manual
DRYPIX PLUS 
200V 2T 6H E
Overseas	specifications	main	unit Overseas 200 - 240 V 
specifications
Film tray: 2 tray
Tray setting
•	Tray	1:	35	x	43	cm	size
•	Tray	2:	20	x	25	cm	size
Tray can be extended up 
to 3 trays. (Optional tray)
Buffer memory board: 1 1GB
Individual data CD-R: 1
Main unit software CD-R: 1
Operation Manual
DRYPIX PLUS 
200V 2T BH E
Overseas	specifications	main	unit Overseas 200 - 240 V 
specifications
Film tray: 2 tray
Tray setting
•	Tray	1:	35	x	43	cm	size
•	Tray	2:	26	x	36	cm	size
Tray can be extended up 
to 3 trays. (Optional tray)
Buffer memory board: 1 1GB
Individual data CD-R: 1
Main unit software CD-R: 1
Operation Manual
Product Code Contents Parts No. Remarks
DRYPIX PLUS 
200V 3T BHH E
Overseas	specifications	main	unit Overseas 200 - 240 V 
specifications
Film tray: 3 tray
Tray setting
•	Tray	1:	35	x	43	cm	size
•	Tray	2:	35	x	43	cm	size
•	Tray	3:	26	x	36	cm	size
Buffer memory board: 1 1GB
Individual data CD-R: 1
Main unit software CD-R: 1Operation Manual
DRYPIX PLUS 
200V 3T 6BH E
Overseas	specifications	main	unit Overseas 200 - 240 V 
specifications
Film tray: 3 tray
Tray setting
•	Tray	1:	35	x	43	cm	size
•	Tray	2:	26	x	36	cm	size
•	Tray	3:	20	x	25	cm	size
Buffer memory board: 1 1GB
Individual data CD-R: 1
Main unit software CD-R: 1
Operation Manual
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
SPECIFICATIONS-4
SPECIFICATIONS-4006-267-11E
06.30.2011 FM5886
 For china
Product Code Contents Parts No. Remarks
DRYPIX PLUS 
200V CN H E
Overseas	specifications	main	unit Overseas 200 - 240 V 
specifications
Film tray: 1 tray
Tray setting
•	Tray	1:	35	x	43	cm	size
Tray can be extended up 
to 3 trays. (Optional tray)
Buffer memory board: 1 1GB
Individual data CD-R: 1
Main unit software CD-R: 1
Operation Manual
DRYPIX PLUS 
200V 2T CN BH 
E
Overseas	specifications	main	unit Overseas 200 - 240 V 
specifications
Film tray: 2 tray
Tray setting
•	Tray	1:	35	x	43	cm	size
•	Tray	2:	26	x	36	cm	size
Tray can be extended up 
to 3 trays. (Optional tray)
Buffer memory board: 1 1GB
Individual data CD-R: 1
Main unit software CD-R: 1
Operation Manual
DRYPIX PLUS 
200V 3T CN 
BHH E
Overseas	specifications	main	unit Overseas 200 - 240 V 
specifications
Film tray: 3 tray
Tray setting
•	Tray	1:	35	x	43	cm	size
•	Tray	2:	35	x	43	cm	size
•	Tray	3:	26	x	36	cm	size
Buffer memory board: 1 1GB
Individual data CD-R: 1
Main unit software CD-R: 1
Operation Manual
Product Code Contents Parts No. Remarks
DRYPIX PLUS 
200V 3T CN 
6BH E
Overseas	specifications	main	unit Overseas 200 - 240 V 
specifications
Film tray: 3 tray
Tray setting
•	Tray	1:	35	x	43	cm	size
•	Tray	2:	26	x	36	cm	size
•	Tray	3:	20	x	25	cm	size
Buffer memory board: 1 1GB
Individual data CD-R: 1
Main unit software CD-R: 1
Operation Manual
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
SPECIFICATIONS-5
SPECIFICATIONS-5006-267-11E
06.30.2011 FM5886
1.2 List of Optional Parts
Check the components against the PACKING LIST contained in the carton box. Note 
that the interface is hereafter sometimes referred to as I/F and the diagnostics units as 
HOST or image generator.
Lists of components are described below.
Product codes ending in # are for domestic use in Japan while those ending in E are 
for overseas use.
<NOTE>
The following List of Components enumerate items required for each 
configuration, so they do not correspond to units (quantities) of orders or 
packages.
Use the product codes (Product Code) indicated only as a reference for 
unpacking and follow the order lists provided separately when placing orders.
 List of Options
 Max 2-tray model
Product Code Product Parts No. Remarks
DPX 4000 TRAY 
#/E
Additional option tray 898Y1094 20	x	25	cm	size	tray	set-
ting
DPX 4000 SRT 
#/E
Additional option sorter 809Y0052 -
DPX BASE FBM 
256MB #/E
Expanded frame buffer memory 113S0185A 256MB (Common to 
DRYPIX 7000)
DPX 4000 
FLOOR FIX KIT 
#/E
Fall	prevention	fixture	kit 898Y1126 For securing equipment
 Max 3-tray model
Product Code Product Remarks
DPX PLUS TRAY E Additional option tray 20	x	25	cm	size	tray	setting
<REMARKS>
•	 The	following	options	are	the	same	as	max	2-tray	model.
• Option sorter
•	 Fall	prevention	fixture	kit
•	 Max	3-tray	model	has	no	setting	of	expanded	frame	buffer	memory.
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
SPECIFICATIONS-6
SPECIFICATIONS-6006-267-14E
03.20.2014 FM9229
1.3	 General	Specifications
 Recording Method
Laser exposure heat development method
 Laser Light Source
Red semiconductor source (658 nm, 70mW x 1)
 First Printing Time
Approximately	85	seconds	(35	x	43	cm	size)
 Processing Ability
35	x	43	cm	size:	Approximately	110	films/hour
35	x	35	cm	size:	Approximately	120	films/hour
28	x	35	cm	size:	Approximately	160	films/hour
26	x	36	cm	size:	Approximately	160	films/hour
25	x	30	cm	size:	Approximately	120	films/hour
20	x	25	cm	size:	Approximately	160	films/hour
 Start-up Time
Approximately	15	minutes	(When	ambient	temperature	is	25	˚C)
 Image Quality
 Exposure Resolution
14 bits
 Maximum Density (Dmax)
Select from 2.64, 3.0, 3.3, at DI-HL and DI-HLc
Select from 3.6 and 4.0 at DI-ML
 Recording Pixel Size
100 µm (standard), 50 µm (optional)
 Maximum Number of Recording Pixels
35	x	43	cm	size	 :	3520	x	4280	(in	100	µm	recording)
 : 7040 x 8560 (in 50 µm recording)
35	x	35	cm	size	 :	3520	x	3520	(in	100	µm	recording)
 : 7040 x 7040 (in 50 µm recording)
28	x	35	cm	size	:	3520	x	2770	(in	100	μm	recording)
	 :	7040	x	5540	(in	50	μm	recording)
26	x	36	cm	size	 :	3600	x	2540	(in	100	µm	recording)
 : 7200 x 5080 (in 50 µm recording)
25	x	30	cm	size	 :	3016	x	2506	(in	100	µm	recording)
 : 6032 x 5012 (in 50 µm recording)
20	x	25	cm	size	 :	2000	x	2510	(in	100	µm	recording)
 : 4000 x 5020 (in 50 µm recording)
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
SPECIFICATIONS-7
SPECIFICATIONS-7006-267-14E
03.20.2014 FM9229
 Film
 Applicable Types
DI-HL	(Blue	base/	35	x	43,	26	x	36,	25	x	30,	20	x	25	cm	size)
DI-HLc	(Clear	base/	35	x	43,	26	x	36,	20	x	25	cm	size)
DI-ML	(Blue	base/	26	x	36,	25	x	30,	20	x	25	cm	size)
MDI-HLJ	(Blue	base/	35	x	43,	28	x	35,	26	x	36,	25	x	30,	20	x	25	cm	size)	(China	
only)
 Applicable Film Size/Number of Sheets in One Pack
35	x	43	cm	size	 :	101	sheets	(including	one	sheet	for	reducing	
dusts)
28	x	35,	26	x	36,	25	x	30,	20	x	25	cm	sizes	 :	 151	sheets	(including	one	
sheet for reducing dusts)
 Number of Supplies
•	 Max	2-tray	model:
Can be equipped with up to two trays.
•	 Max	3-tray	model:
Can be equipped with up to three trays.
 Loading Method
Daylight conditions loading
 Maximum Ejected Film Capacity (output tray on the upper cover of 
the main unit)
150	films
 Input I/F
DICOM Network input only
 Network Connection
 DICOM Protocol
Direct connection (standard)
 TOSHIBA Protocol
Connection via FN-PS551 and DRYPIX Link
 FINP Protocol
Connection via FN-PS551 and DRYPIX Link
 Modality Connection
 A/D-I/F Connection (Analog/Digital)
Connection via DRYPIX Link
Applicable equipment: Diagnostic devices such as CT/MRI
 E-I/F Connection
Network connection via DRYPIX Link
Applicable equipment: Image reader after FCR 7000, MF-300/MF-300S/MF-
300L, FN-PS551
 Image Processing
 Interpolation
SSM interpolation, A-VR interpolation
 Tone Processing
BAR method, SAR method
 Format
• Standard format (common to all film sizes):
1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 9, 12, 15, 16, 18, 20, 24, 25, 28, 30, 32, 35, 36, 40, 42, 48, 49, 54, 
56, 63, 64, 70, 72, 80
• Mixed Format
35	x	43	cm	size	portrait	mix	 :	six	types
28	x	35	cm	size	portrait	mix	 :	one	type
28	x	35	cm	size	landscape	mix	 :	four	types
26	x	36	cm	size	portrait	mix	 :	one	type
26	x	36	cm	size	landscape	mix	 :	four	types
25	x	30	cm	size	portrait	mix	 :	one	type
25	x	30	cm	size	landscape	mix	 :	four	types
20	x	25	cm	size	portrait	mix	 :	one	type
20	x	25	cm	size	landscape	mix	 :	four	types
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
SPECIFICATIONS-8
SPECIFICATIONS-8006-267-11E
06.30.2011 FM5886
 Memory Capacity
 Max 2-tray model
Standard 256 MB, maximum 512 MB
 Max 3-tray model
1 GB
 Image Spooling
Spooled to HD (in IDE connection)
 HD Capacity
 Max 2-tray model
40 GB or above
 Max 3-tray model
160 GB or above
 Density Correction
Automatic density correction function (AUTO F. D. C.)
 Optional Sorter
 Number of Bins
3 bins (The total number of bins is 4 because the output tray on the upper cover 
of the main unit is counted as 1 bin.)
 Maximum Number of Films Storable per Bin
30	films	per	bin
 Noise
Ready : Approximately 45 dB
Printing : Approximately 50 dB (excluding transient noises)
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
SPECIFICATIONS-9
SPECIFICATIONS-9006-267-11E
06.30.2011 FM5886
1.4 Equipment Dimensions and Weight
1.4.1 Dimensions
 Max 2-tray model
600 mm x 585 mm x 1040 mm (W x D x H)
<REMARKS>
The dimensions are as follows when the sorter is mounted.
600 mm x 585 mm x 1340 mm (W x D x H)
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
SPECIFICATIONS-10
SPECIFICATIONS-10006-267-11E
06.30.2011 FM5886
 Max 3-tray model
600 mm x 585 mm x 1090 mm (W x D x H)
09Spec0001.ai10
90
m
m
600mm
585mm
565mm
<REMARKS>
The dimensions are as follows when the sorter is mounted.
600 mm x 585 mm x 1390 mm (W x D x H)
09Spec0002.ai
13
90
m
m
12
95
m
m
600mm
565mm
585mm
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
SPECIFICATIONS-11
SPECIFICATIONS-11006-267-11E
06.30.2011 FM5886
1.4.2 Weight
 Max 2-tray model
Approximately 140 kg (including two trays)
The weight is approximately 150 kg when the sorter is mounted (including two 
trays)
 Max 3-tray model
Approximately 160 kg (including three trays)
The weight is approximately 170 kg when the sorter is mounted (including three 
trays)
1.5 Means to Move and Secure Equipment
 Move
Four wheel caster (omni-directional, with no brake)
 Securing
Adjustable feet : 2 (front)
fixtures	 :	1	set	(option)
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
SPECIFICATIONS-12
SPECIFICATIONS-12006-267-11E
06.30.2011 FM5886
1.6 Environmental Requirements
 Temperature, Relative Humidity and Atmospheric Pressure
 Operating
Temperature/Relative	humidity	 :	15	˚C	(40	to	70	%RH)	to	30	˚C	(15	to	70	%RH)
Atmospheric pressure : 700 to 1060 hPa
Heat generation : 
• Max 2-tray model: Approximately 1800 kJ
• Max 3-tray model: Approximately 1700 kJ
 
 Non-operating
Temperature	 :	0	to	45	˚C	(No	freezing)
Relative	humidity	 :	10	to	90	%RH	(No	condensation)
Atmospheric pressure : 500 to 1060 hPa
 Transit or Storage
Temperature	 :	-10	to	50	˚C
Relative	humidity	 :	10	to	90	%RH	(No	condensation)
Atmospheric pressure : 500 to 1060 hPa
 Exhaust Air of Equipment
 Maximum Exhaust Air in Standby State
• Max 2-tray model: 20 m3/hour
• Max 3-tray model: 42 m3/hour
 Maximum Exhaust Air in Printing
• Max 2-tray model: 23 m3/hour
• Max 3-tray model: 45 m3/hour
 Floor (installation surface) Vibration Requirement
Frequency	 :	10	to	55	Hz
Amplitude : 0.0075 mm or less
 Floor Levelness
10 mm/m (1/100 of inclination) or less all around
 Floor Flatness
10 mm or less
 Static Magnetic Field
DC 100 Gauss or less
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
SPECIFICATIONS-13
SPECIFICATIONS-13006-267-12E
10.07.2011
1.7 Electrical Requirements
 Frequency
50	-	60	Hz
Acceptable	variation:	±3%
 Line Voltage
100 - 120/200 - 240 VAC
Acceptable	variation:	±10%
Single-phase (2 lines or 3 lines)
 Capacity
1.5 kVA
 Rated Current
100 - 120 VAC : 12 A
200 - 240 VAC : 6 A
 : 6 - 5.3A
 Power Consumption
Maximum 1.5 kW
 Electric Energy
 Max 2-tray model
Printing : Approximately 500 Wh
Ready : Approximately 280 Wh
Stand-by : Approximately 200 Wh
Sleep mode : Approximately 120 Wh
Remote standby mode : Approximately 10 Wh
 Max 3-tray model
Printing : Approximately 470 Wh
Ready : Approximately 250 Wh
Stand-by : Approximately 170 Wh
Sleep mode : Approximately 110 Wh
Remote standby mode : Approximately 20 Wh
 Maximum Heat Generation
 Max 2-tray model
Printing : Approximately 1800 kJ
Ready : Approximately 1000 kJ
 Max 3-tray model
Printing : Approximately 1700 kJ
Ready : Approximately 900 kJ
 Grounding Resistance
100	Ω	or	less
 Overload Protection
100 - 120 VAC : 15 A
200 - 240 VAC : 10 A
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
SPECIFICATIONS-14
SPECIFICATIONS-14006-267-12E
10.07.2011
 Power Cable
 CAUTION
If the power cable is not packed together with the equipment, be sure to use a 
power cable that complies with the requirements stated below.
Using the cables not corresponding to the conditions below may cause an 
electric shock or a fire.
 For U.S. and Canada
•	 UL-listed	detachable	power	supply	cable
•	 Hospital-grade	Type	Plug
•	 Cable	wire	diameter:	 14	AWG	or	larger,	3-conductor
•	 Rated	voltage:	 	 125	VAC	or	higher
•	 Rated	amperage:		 minimum	15A
•	 Cable	Length:	 	 3	m	or	less
•	 Cable	type:		 	 SJT
 For U.S. only
•	 Label	for	receptacle	grounding	reliability	according	to	UL60601-1
•	 UL-listed	detachable	power	supply	cable
•	 Hospital	Grade	Plug
 For Canada only
•	 Plug:	 If	molded	on	type	–	hospital	grade	complying	with	CSA	C22.2,	No.21.
	 	 If	hospital	grade	disassemble	type	–	complying	with	CSA	C22.2,	No.42.
•	 Cable:	Complies	with	CSA	C22.2,	No.21.
 For Europe and U.K.
•	 Cable	certified	by	a	country	in	which	the	equipment	is	to	be	installed
•	 Cable	wire	diameter:	 1.0	mm2 or larger, 3-conductor
•	 Rated	voltage:	 	 250	VAC	or	higher
•	 Rated	amperage:		 6A
•	 Cable	Length:	 	 3	m	or	less
•	 Cable	type:		 	 H05VV-F
 Network Cable
 {IN:5.6_Connecting Network Cable}
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
SPECIFICATIONS-15
SPECIFICATIONS-15006-267-11E
06.30.2011 FM5886
1.8 Equipment Installation Space
1.8.1 Installation Space
 When Not Fixed with Fixtures
 When Fixed with Fixtures
1.8.2 Space Required for Maintenance Work
 When Not Fixed with Fixtures
<REMARKS>
To rotate the equipment, one side requires more than 1000 mm of space.
 When Fixed with Fixtures
 Space for Removing Fixtures
 Maintenance Space after Removing Fixtures
The same space as “ When Not Fixed with Fixtures” is required.
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
SPECIFICATIONS-16
SPECIFICATIONS-16006-267-11E
06.30.2011 FM5886
1.9 Disposing the Equipment
When	disposing	the	equipment,	remove	the	MTH	board	first.	Be	sure	to	return	the	
removed MTH board to the Service Parts Center.
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
SPECIFICATIONS-17
SPECIFICATIONS-17006-267-11E
06.30.2011 FM5886
BLANK PAGE
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
SPECIFICATIONS-18
SPECIFICATIONS-18006-267-11E
06.30.2011 FM5886
BLANK PAGE
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
SPECIFICATIONS-19
SPECIFICATIONS-19006-267-11E
06.30.2011 FM5886
BLANK PAGE
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual006-267-15E
05.07.2014 FM9243
DRYPIX 4000 SERVICE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION OF EQUIPMENT (MD)
	02.28.2005	 00	 New	release	(FM4426	(1))	 All	pages
	04.25.2005	 02	 Revised	(FM4589)	 6,	8-11,	17-43
	02.28.2006	 03	 Revised	(FM4704)	 1,	18,	20-73
	02.15.2007	 05	 Revised	(Revision	for	main	unit	software	version		 20
	 	 	 V3.0,	DI	Tool	version	V3.0,	etc.)	(FM5080)
	01.31.2011	 10	 Revised	(FM5778)	 1,	4-83
	06.30.2011	 11	 Revised	(FM5886)	 56
	10.07.2011	 12	 Revised	(Ed3)	 2
	03.20.2014	 14	 Revised	(FM9229)	 1,	25,	83
	05.07.2014	 15	 Revised	(FM9243)	 1,	82
CONTROL SHEET
Revision Number Reason Pages AffectedIssue Date
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MD-1
MD-1006-267-15E
05.07.2014 FM9243
1. OUTLINE OF EQUIPMENT
1.1 Functions of Equipment
n Outline of Equipment
•	 The	DRYPIX	4000	is	a	network	printer	dedicated	to	DICOM	protocol,	and	adopts	
the	laser	exposure	heat	development	method.	
•	 There	are	two	model	varieties	available:	the	max	2-tray	model	(maximum	two	trays)	
and	the	max	3-tray	model	(maximum	three	trays).
•	 Film	sizes	35	x	43	cm,	28	x	35	cm	(China	Only*),	26	x	36	cm,	25	x	30	cm	and	20	x	
25	cm	can	be	used. 
*	:	The	28x35cm	size	is	supported	only	by	software	version	V1.5	or	later	of	max	
3-tray	models.
•	 The	film	supply	differs	depending	on	the	model	type	that	you	select.	The	max	2-tray	
model	has	a	1-tray	specification	and	a	2-tray	specification,	while	the	max	3-tray	
model	has	a	1-tray	specification,	2-tray	specification,	and	3-tray	specification.
•	 The	max	2-tray	model	and	max	3-tray	model	can	be	expanded	to	2-	and	3-tray	
configurations,	by	mounting	optional	additional	trays	(removal	unit/film	loading	
unit	and	lower	conveyor	unit).	A	2-	or	3-tray	configuration	makes	it	possible	to	use	
different	film	sizes	and	film	base	colors	together.	It	is	also	possible	to	use	the	same	
type	of	film	in	all	trays.
•	 By	mounting	the	optional	sorter	unit	(3	bin)	and	using	it	with	the	ejection	film	tray	on	
the	equipment,	4-bin	film	sorting	is	possible.
•	 The	image	resolution	is	compatible	with	20	pix/mm	outputs	for	all	film	sizes.	
However,	this	will	require	optional	memories	to	be	added.	(The	optional	memory	is	
required	only	for	the	max	2-tray	model,	not	for	the	max	3-tray	model)
•	 The	following	DICOM	protocols	are	supported.
•	 Verification	SOP	Class	(SCP)
•	 Basic	Grayscale	Print	Management	SOP	Class	(SCP)
•	 Basic	Annotation	Box	SOP	Class	(SCP)
•	 Print	Job	SOP	Class	(SCP)
•	 Print	Queue	Management	SOP	Class	(SCP)
•	 User	Preference	LUT	SOPClass	(SCP)
•	 The	following	services	can	be	set	using	the	service	tool	software	installed	in	the	
externally	connected	PC.
	 For	this	equipment,	DPX7	PC	Tool	function	contained	in	DI	Tool,	an	integrated	
service	tool	software	package	for	Fuji	medical	dry	imagers,	is	used.
•	 Clients	settings
•	 Setting	sorting	conditions
•	 Save/load	individual	data	files	and	files	of	data	inside	the	equipment,	save	log	
files,	install/upgrade	version	of	software,	etc.
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MD-2
MD-2006-267-12E
10.07.2011
1.2	 System	Configuration
This	device	use	a	compliant	network	with	IEEE802.3	and	adopts	FRUP	as	a	data	
communication protocol.
<NOTE>
If the network is shut down due to a network device failure or any other cause , 
image data is no longer transferred to this device.
n Connecting with Dicom Compatible Devices
l	System	Configuration	Example	1
l	System	Configuration	Example	2
l	System	Configuration	Example	3
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MD-3
MD-3006-267-00
02.28.2005 FM4426 (1)
n Connecting with Non-dicom Compatible Devices
l	System	Configuration	Example	4
l	System	Configuration	Example	5
l	System	Configuration	Example	6
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MD-4
MD-4006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
1.3	 Overall	Configuration	and	Names	of	Parts
1.3.1	 External	View
n	Front	View/Right	View
l	Max	2-tray	model
l	Max	3-tray	model
FPCD0132.ai
Upper cover
Operation panel
Upper small cover
Film release unit 
upper cover
Film release unit 
right cover
Conveyor unit 
upper right cover
Upper right cover
Lower right cover
Controller unit 
right cover
Upper front cover
Film release unit 
front cover
Upper tray (Tray 1)
Lower tray (Tray 2)
(Optional)
Film loading 
unit cover
Lower front cover
Main power switch
(ON ( I ): Main power source ON
OFF ( ): Main power source OFF)
Lower tray (Tray 3)
(Optional)
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MD-5
MD-5006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
n	Rear	View/Left	View n	Front	View/Right	View	(Sorter)
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MD-6
MD-6006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
n	Rear	View/Left	View	(Sorter)
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MD-7
MD-7006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
1.3.2	 Operation	Panel
 
No. Name Color Function
1 Status lamp Green •	When	lit	 :	Normal
•	When	blinking	:	During	initialization	self-diag-
nosis
•	When	OFF	 :	Other	than	above
Orange •	When	blinking	:	Film	empty/level	0	error/level	
1	error	has	occurred
•	When	OFF	 :	Other	than	above
2 Display 320	×	240	dot	color	touch	panel	(LCD)
3 Power save lamp Green •	When	lit	 :	At	sleep	mode
•	When	blinking	:	At	power	save	mode/when	
display	is	OFF
•	When	OFF	 :	Normal
4 Power lamp Green •	When	lit	 :	Main	power	switch	is	ON.
•	When	OFF	 :	Main	power	switch	is	OFF.
5 Power ON switch Pressing	when	the	equipment	is	not	ON	starts	
the equipment.
6 Contrast	adjustment	
volume
Used	for	adjusting	the	display	contrast.
(Located	at	the	right	bottom	of	the	operation	
panel)
7 Buzzer •	Film	empty	(*1)	 :	Repeats	900msec	ON	and	
300 msec OFF
•	Level	1	error	 :	Repeats	500	msec	ON	and	
100 msec OFF
•	Level	0	error	 :	Repeats	200	msec	ON	and	
100 msec OFF
•	Operation	reject	 :	Two	short	buzz.	(PiPi)
*1	: When	using	the	same	size	films	on	both	film	
trays,	the	buzzer	will	be	sounded	when	both	
trays	run	out	of	films.
<REMARKS>
Whether	the	alarm	buzzer	is	sounded	continu-
ously	and	the	buzzer	volume	depend	on	the	
U-Utility	or	M-Utility	settings.
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MD-8
MD-8006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
1.3.3	 Layout	of	External	Connector
n	Max	2-tray	model
n	Max	3-tray	model
Network cable 
connector
FPCD0137.ai
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MD-9
MD-9006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
1.3.4	 Layout	of	Units
n	Max	2-tray	model
FPCD0101.AI 
Film cooling section
Heat development
 unit (G)
Scanning optics 
unit (S)
(Scanner)
Sub-scanning
 unit (E)
Upper film
 loading unit (A1)
Controller 
Lower film 
loading unit (A2)
 (Optional)
Lower removal
 unit (B2)
 (Optional)
Sorter (T) 
(Optional) 
Density 
measurement 
section
Film release 
unit (J)
Conveyor 
unit exit section
Conveyor unit 
(D)
Middle 
conveyor unit
Upper conveyor 
unit
Upper removal
 unit (B1)
Lower 
conveyor unit
Frame (K)
n	Max	3-tray	model
FPCD0133.ai
Film cooling section
Heat development
 unit (G)
Scanning optics 
unit (S)
(Scanner)
Sub-scanning
 unit (E)
Upper film
 loading unit (A1)
Controller
Lower film 
loading unit (A3)
 (Optional)
Lower removal
 unit (B3)
 (Optional)
Sorter (T)
(Optional)
Density 
measurement 
section
Film release 
unit (J)
Conveyor 
unit exit section
Conveyor unit 
(D)
Middle 
conveyor unit
Conveyor unit
Upper removal
 unit (B1)
Lower 
conveyor unit
Frame (K)
Middle film
 loading unit (A2)
 (Optional)
Middle removal
 unit (B2)
 (Optional)
Upper conveyor 
unit
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MD-10
MD-10006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
1.3.5	 Layout	of	I/O	Parts	and	Description	of	Functions
n Film Loading Unit
l	Max	2-tray	model
Unit Symbol Name Type Remarks
Upper	film	
loading	
unit (A1)
SOLA11 Tray	lock	solenoid	(Up-
per)
Linear	solenoid Releases tray lock
SA11 Film	pack/shutter	detec-
tion sensor (Upper)
Reflection	type	
sensor
ON	in	presence	of	film	
pack/shutter
SA12 Tray	detection	switch	
(Upper)
Microswitch ON	when	tray	is	pulled
SA13 Tray	lock	detection	sen-
sor (Upper)
Penetration type 
sensor
(PI:	5mm)
ON when tray lock is 
released
SA14 Barcode	reader	(Upper) – Detects	film	pack	infor-
mation
Lower	film	
loading	
unit (A2)
SOLA21 Tray	lock	solenoid	(Low-
er)
Linear	solenoid Releases tray lock
SA21 Film	pack/shutter	detec-
tion sensor (Lower)
Reflection	type	
sensor
ON	in	presence	of	film	
pack/shutter
SA22 Tray	detection	switch	
(Lower)
Microswitch ON	when	tray	is	pulled
SA23 Tray	lock	detection	sen-
sor (Lower)
Penetration type 
sensor
(PI:	5mm)
ON when tray lock is 
released
SA24 Barcode	reader	(Lower) – Detects	film	pack	infor-
mation
<REMARKS>
The	ON	of	each	sensor	and	switch	means	the	following.
•	 Penetration	type	sensor	:	 Light-tight	state
•	 Reflection	type	sensor	 :	 Film	present/Detects	actuator
•	 Microswitch	 :	 In	a	state	where	there	is	no	continuity	between	the	
internal contacts (N.O. or N.C.) (The operation status of 
the	switch	varies	depending	on	the	actuator	shape.)
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MD-11
MD-11006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
l	Max	3-tray	model
SA14
SA11
SA12
SA13
SOLA11
Upper film loading unit
FPCD0134.ai
SA34SA31
SA32
SA33
SOLA31
Lower film loading unit
SA24SA21
SA22
SA23
SOLA21
Middle film loading unit
Unit Symbol Name Type Remarks
Upper	film	
loading	
unit (A1)
SOLA11 Tray	lock	solenoid	(Up-
per)
Linear	solenoid Releases tray lock
SA11 Film	pack/shutter	detec-
tion sensor (Upper)
Reflection	type	
sensor
ON	in	presence	of	film	
pack/shutter
SA12 Tray	detection	switch	
(Upper)
Microswitch ON	when	tray	is	pulled
SA13 Tray	lock	detection	sen-
sor (Upper)
Penetration type 
sensor 
(PI:	5mm)
ON when tray lock is 
released
SA14 Barcode	reader	(Upper) – Detects	film	pack	infor-
mation
Middle	film	
loading	
unit (A2)
SOLA21 Tray	lock	solenoid	(Mid-
dle)
Linear	solenoid Releases tray lock
SA21 Film	pack/shutter	detec-
tion	sensor	(Middle)
Reflection	type	
sensor
ON	in	presence	of	film	
pack/shutter
SA22 Tray	detection	switch	
(Middle)
Microswitch ON	when	tray	is	pulled
SA23 Tray	lock	detection	sen-
sor	(Middle)
Penetration type 
sensor
(PI:	5mm)
ON when tray lock is 
released
SA24 Barcode	reader	(Middle) – Detects	film	pack	infor-
mation
Lower	film	
loading	
unit (A3)
SOLA31 Tray	lock	solenoid	(Low-
er)
Linear	solenoid Releases tray lock
SA31 Film	pack/shutter	detec-
tion sensor (Lower)
Reflection	type	
sensor
ON	in	presence	of	film	
pack/shutter
SA32 Tray	detection	switch	
(Lower)
Microswitch ON	when	tray	is	pulled
SA33 Tray	lock	detection	sen-
sor (Lower)
Penetration type 
sensor
(PI:	5mm)
ON when tray lock is 
released
SA34 Barcode	reader	(Lower) – Detects	film	pack	infor-
mation
<REMARKS>
The	ON	of	each	sensorand	switch	means	the	following
•	 Penetration	type	sensor	:	 Light-tight	state
•	 Reflection	type	sensor	 :	 Film	present/Detects	actuator
•	 Microswitch	 :	 In	a	state	where	there	is	no	continuity	between	the	
internal contacts (N.O. or N.C.) (The operation status of 
the	switch	varies	depending	on	the	actuator	shape.)
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MD-12
MD-12006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
n Removal Unit
l	Max	2-tray	model
Unit Symbol Name Type Remarks
Upper re-
moval unit 
( B1)
MB11 Film	removing	motor	
(Upper)
2-phase pulse 
motor
Drives suction cup arm
MB12 Removal unit convey-
ance motor (Upper)
2-phase pulse 
motor
Film conveyance motor 
at upper removal unit
PB11 Suction pump (Upper) Pump Film suction
SVB11 Solenoid	valve	(Upper) Vacuum sole-
noid	valve
SB11 Suction	cup	arm	HP	de-
tection sensor (Upper)
Penetration type 
sensor
(PI:	5mm)
ON when suction cup 
arm is at home position.
SB12 Film	surface	detection	
sensor (Upper)
Penetration type 
sensor
(PI:	5mm)
ON when suction cup 
reaches	on	film/OFF	
when	detects	film	suc-
tion
SB13 Suction cup arm upper 
dead-point	detection	
sensor (Upper)
Penetration type 
sensor
(PI:	5mm)
ON when suction cup 
arm reaches upper 
dead-point
Lower re-
moval unit 
( B2)
MB21 Film	removing	motor	
(Lower)
2-phase pulse 
motor
Drives suction cup arm
MB22 Removal unit convey-
ance motor (Lower)
2-phase pulse 
motor
Film conveyance motor 
at lower removal unit
PB21 Suction pump (Lower) Pump Film suction
SVB21 Solenoid	valve	(Lower) Vacuum sole-
noid	valve
SB21 Suction	cup	arm	HP	de-
tection sensor (Lower)
Penetration type 
sensor
(PI:	5mm)
ON when suction cup 
arm is at home position.
SB22 Film	surface	detection	
sensor (Lower)
Penetration type 
sensor
(PI:	5mm)
ON when suction cup 
reaches	on	film/OFF	
when	detects	film	suc-
tion
SB23 Suction cup arm upper 
dead-point	detection	
sensor (Lower)
Penetration type 
sensor
(PI:	5mm)
ON when suction cup 
arm reaches upper 
dead-point
<REMARKS>
The	ON	of	each	sensor	and	switch	means	the	following
•	 Penetration	type	sensor	:	 Light-tight	state
•	 Reflection	type	sensor	 :	 Film	present/Detects	actuator
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MD-13
MD-13006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
l	Max	3-tray	model
FPCD0135.ai
SB11
SB12
SB13
MB11
MB12
PB11
SVB11
SB21
SB22
SB23
MB21
MB22
PB21
SVB21
Upper removal unit
Middle removal unit
SB31
SB32
SB33
MB31
MB32
PB31
SVB31
Lower removal unit
Unit Symbol Name Type Remarks
Upper re-
moval unit 
(B1)
MB11 Film	removing	motor	
(Upper)
2-phase pulse motor Drives suction cup arm
MB12 Removal unit convey-
ance motor (Upper)
2-phase pulse motor Film conveyance motor at 
upper removal unit
PB11 Suction pump (Upper) Pump Film suction
SVB11 Solenoid	valve	(Upper) Vacuum	solenoid	valve
SB11 Suction	cup	arm	HP	de-
tection sensor (Upper)
Penetration type sen-
sor	(PI:	5	mm)
ON when suction cup arm 
is at home position
SB12 Film	surface	detection	
sensor (Upper)
Penetration type sen-
sor	(PI:	5	mm)
ON when suction cup 
reaches	on	film/OFF	
when	detects	film	suction
SB13 Suction cup arm upper 
dead-point	detection	
sensor (Upper)
Penetration type sen-
sor	(PI:	5	mm)
ON when suction cup arm 
reaches	upper	dead-point
Middle	re-
moval unit 
(B2)
MB21 Film	removing	motor	
(Middle)
2-phase pulse motor Drives suction cup arm
MB22 Removal unit convey-
ance	motor	(Middle)
2-phase pulse motor Film conveyance motor at 
upper removal unit
PB21 Suction	pump	(Middle) Pump Film suction
SVB21 Solenoid	valve	(Middle) Vacuum	solenoid	valve
SB21 Suction	cup	arm	HP	de-
tection	sensor	(Middle)
Penetration type sen-
sor	(PI:	5	mm)
ON when suction cup arm 
is at home position
SB22 Film	surface	detection	
sensor	(Middle)
Penetration type sen-
sor	(PI:	5	mm)
ON when suction cup 
reaches	on	film/OFF	
when	detects	film	suction
SB23 Suction cup arm upper 
dead-point	detection	
sensor	(Middle)
Penetration type sen-
sor	(PI:	5	mm)
ON when suction cup arm 
reaches	upper	dead-point
Lower re-
moval unit 
(B3)
MB31 Film	removing	motor	
(Lower)
2-phase pulse motor Drives suction cup arm
MB32 Removal unit convey-
ance motor (Lower)
2-phase pulse motor Film conveyance motor at 
upper removal unit
PB31 Suction pump (Lower) Pump Film suction
SVB31 Solenoid	valve	(Lower) Vacuum	solenoid	valve
SB31 Suction	cup	arm	HP	de-
tection sensor (Lower)
Penetration type sen-
sor	(PI:	5	mm)
ON when suction cup arm 
is at home position
SB32 Film	surface	detection	
sensor (Lower)
Penetration type sen-
sor	(PI:	5	mm)
ON when suction cup 
reaches	on	film/OFF	
when	detects	film	suction
SB33 Suction cup arm upper 
dead-point	detection	
sensor (Lower)
Penetration type sen-
sor	(PI:	5	mm)
ON when suction cup arm 
reaches	upper	dead-point
<REMARKS>
The	ON	of	each	sensor	and	switch	means	the	following.
•	 Penetration	type	sensor	:	 Light-tight	state
•	 Reflection	type	sensor	 :	 Film	present/Detects	actuator
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MD-14
MD-14006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
n	Conveyor	Unit
 
Unit Symbol Name Type Remarks
Conveyor 
unit (D)
MD1 Film conveyance motor 2-phase pulse 
motor
Drives conveyor unit 
rollers,	and	conveys	film
MD2 Conveyor unit exit roller 
gripping	release	motor
2-phase pulse 
motor
Drives conveyor unit exit 
grip	roller	up/down
SOLD1 Stopper	solenoid Linear	solenoid Ups/downs	stopper
SD1 Conveyor unit entrance 
sensor
Reflection	type	
sensor
ON	when	film	is	at	upper	
conveyor entrance
SD2 Conveyor unit exit sen-
sor
Reflection	type	
sensor
ON	when	film	is	at	upper	
conveyor exit
SD3 Cleaning	roller	detection	
sensor
Reflection	type	
sensor
ON in presence of 
cleaning	roller
SD4 Stopper	release	detec-
tion sensor
Penetration type 
sensor
(PI:	5mm)
ON when stopper is at 
release position
SD5 Grip	roller	position	de-
tection sensor
Penetration type 
sensor
(PI:	5mm)
ON when conveyor unit 
exit	grip	roller	is	at	grip-
ping	position
SD6 Film	edge	sensor Photo-interru-
puter
<REMARKS>
The	ON	of	each	sensor	and	switch	means	the	following
•	 Penetration	type	sensor	:	 Light-tight	state
•	 Reflection	type	sensor	 :	 Film	present/Detects	actuator
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MD-15
MD-15006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
n Sub-scanning Unit
 
Unit Symbol Name Type Remarks
Sub-scan-
ning	unit	
(E)
ME1 Sub-scanning	motor 5-phase pulse 
motor
Sub-scans	and	conveys	
film
ME1	driver	board	comes	
as a set with ME1
SE1 Film	leading	edge	detec-
tion sensor (SED16A)
Laser	detection	
sensor
Detects	leading	edge	
and	trailing	edge	of	film
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MD-16
MD-16006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
n Heat Development Unit Unit Symbol Name Type Remarks
Heat Devel-
opment unit 
(G)
MG1 Heat	development	unit	
conveyance motor
2-phase pulse 
motor
Heat	develops	and	con-
veys	film
FANG1-3 Cooling	fan	1	-	3 DC fan Ventilates	and	cools	
near	heat	development	
unit
HG1,	2 Heater	1,	2 Silicon	rubber	
heater
Heat	1st	rack	develop-
ment heat plate
HG4,	5 Heater	4,	5 Silicon	rubber	
heater
Heat	2nd	rack	develop-
ment heat plate
THG1,	2 Heat	development	
thermistor	1,	2
Thermistor Detects 1st rack tem-
perature
THG4,	5 Heat	development	
thermistor	4,	5
Thermistor Detects	2nd	rack	tem-
perature
THG10 Film	cooling	section	
thermistor
Thermistor Detects	film	cooling	sec-
tion temperature
THG11 Film	recording	seciton	
thermistor
Thermistor Detects	film	recording	
seciton temperature
TPG1,	2 Thermal	protector	1,	2 Manual recov-
ery type
Shuts off power supply 
for heaters in overheat-
ing	of	1st	rack	heater
TPG4,	5 Thermal	protector	4,	5 Manual recov-
ery type
Shuts off power supply 
for heaters in overheat-
ing	of	2nd	rack	heater
SG1 Heat	development	unit	
entrance sensor
Reflection	
type sensor
ON	when	film	is	at	heat	
development	unit	en-
trance
<REMARKS>
The	ON	of	each	sensor	and	switch	means	the	following
•	 Penetration	type	sensor	:	 Light-tight	state
•	 Reflection	type	sensor	 :	 Film	present/Detects	actuator
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MD-17
MD-17006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778n Film Release Unit
 
Unit Symbol Name Type Remarks
Film re-
lease unit 
(J)
MJ1 Film release unit con-
veyance motor
2-phase pulse 
motor
Conveys	and	ejects	film
SJ1 Film release unit en-
trance sensor
Reflection	type	
sensor
ON	when	film	is	at	film	
release unit entrance
SJ2 Film release sensor Reflection	type	
sensor
ON	when	film	is	at	film	
release unit exit
SJ3 Upper small cover inter-
lock switch
Microswith ON when upper small 
cover	is	opened
<REMARKS>
The	ON	of	each	sensor	and	switch	means	the	following
•	 Penetration	type	sensor	:	 Light-tight	state
•	 Reflection	type	sensor	 :	 Film	present/Detects	actuator
•	 Microswitch	 :	 In	a	state	where	there	is	no	continuity	between	the	
internal contacts (N.O. or N.C.) (The operation status of 
the	switch	varies	depending	on	the	actuator	shape.)
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MD-18
MD-18006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
n	Frame
 
Unit Symbol Name Type Remarks
Frame (K) SK1,	SK2 Upper front cover inter-
lock switch
Microswith ON when upper front 
cover	is	opened
SK3,	SK4 Upper	right	cover	inter-
lock switch
Microswith ON	when	upper	right	
cover	is	opened
SK5 Lower	right	cover	inter-
lock switch
Microswith ON	when	lower	right	
cover	is	opened
<REMARKS>
The	ON	of	each	sensor	and	switch	means	the	following
•	 Microswitch	 :	 In	a	state	where	there	is	no	continuity	between	the	
internal contacts (N.O. or N.C.) (The operation status of 
the	switch	varies	depending	on	the	actuator	shape.)
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MD-19
MD-19006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
n	Sorter	(Optional) Unit Symbol Name Type Remarks
Sorter (T) SOLT1 - 3 1st	-	3rd	bin	film	release	
solenoid
Linear	solenoid Switches	changeover	
guide
ST1 - 3 2nd	-	4th	bin	film	release	
sensor
Reflection	type	
sensor
ON	when	film	is	at	exit	
of sorter
ST4 Sorter	right	cover	inter-
lock switch
Microswith ON	when	sorter	right	
cover	is	opened
<REMARKS>
The	ON	of	each	sensor	and	switch	means	the	following
•	 Penetration	type	sensor	:	 Light-tight	state
•	 Reflection	type	sensor	 :	 Film	present/Detects	actuator
•	 Microswitch	 :	 In	a	state	where	there	is	no	continuity	between	the	
internal contacts (N.O. or N.C.) (The operation status of 
the	switch	varies	depending	on	the	actuator	shape.)
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MD-20
MD-20006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
1.3.6	 Layout	of	Boards
l	Max	2-tray	model
Name Main function
LED15A (Density measure-
ment	section	light-emitting	
board)
Light	is	emitted	for	density	measurement
LDD16A	(Laser	drive	board) Scanner	laser	drive
PDD15A (Density measure-
ment	section	light-sensing	
board)
Receives	penetrating	light	for	density	measurement
MTH24A	(Mother	board) Overall	control	of	equipment,	network	input,	image	pro-
cessing
PSU24A/PSU24B (Power 
supply unit)
Supplies DC power to the equipment/AC power to the 
HTD	board	for	heat	development	unit	heater
(PSU24A:	for	100-120	VAC,	PSU24B:	for	200	-	240	VAC)
SND24A	(Sensor	driver	
board)
Mechanical	drive	parts	drive,	I/O	parts	control,	signal	
counter	of	film	edge	sensor	signal,	thermistor	signal/den-
sity	measurement	section	data	AD	conversion,	barcode	
reader	communication,	interlock	control
Main power switch Supplies AC power to the power supply unit
HDD Image	data	spool,	saved	in	main	program
DIMM (Memory) Main	memory	of	MTH24A	board,	one	module	(256MB)	as	
standard
MCT16A (Mechanical control 
board)
Mechanical	control,	heat	development	heater	control
PRN16A	(Print	control	board) DA	converts	processed	image	signals	from	MTH24A	board	
and	sends	to	scanner,	laser	power	strength	control,	expo-
sure	output	timing	control
PNL24B	(Volume	board) Touch	panel	contrast	adjustment
PNL24C	(SW/LED	board) Power	ON	switch,	operation	panel	LED,	buzzer
PNL24A (Operatoin panel 
board)
LCD	display/non-display	control,	touch	panel	control
PNL24D	(SIG	board) Status lamp
HTD24A	(Heater	drive	board) Drives	heat	development	unit	heaters	based	on	the	control	
signal	from	MCT	board.
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MD-21
MD-21006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
l	Max	3-tray	model
FPCD0136.ai
LED28A
LDD28C
PDD28A
HTD28A
PNL31D
PNL24A
PNL31C
PNL31B
PRN16A2
MCT16A2
HDD
DIMM
SND31B
MTH31A
SND31A
PSU27A/
PSU31B
Main power switch
Power supply
unit fan
Name Main function
LED28A (Density measure-
ment	section	light-emitting	
board)
Light	is	emitted	for	density	measurement
LDD28C	(Laser	drive	board) Scanner	laser	drive
PDD28A (Density measure-
ment	section	light-sensing	
board)
Receives	penetrating	light	for	density	measurement
MTH31A	(Mother	board) Overall	control	of	equipment,	network	input,	image	pro-
cessing
PSU27A/PSU31B (Power 
supply unit)
Supplies DC power to the equipment/AC power to the 
HTD	board	for	heat	development	unit	heater	
(PSU27A:	for	100	-	120	VAC;	PSU31B:	for	200	-	240	VAC)
SND31A	(Sensor	driver	
board)
Mechanical	drive	parts	drive,	I/O	parts	control,	signal	
counter	of	film	edge	sensor,	thermistor	signal/density	
measurement	section	data	AD	conversion,	barcode	reader	
communication,	interlock	control
SND31B	(Sensor	driver	
board)
Mechanical	drive	parts	drive,	I/O	parts	control,	barcode	
reader	communication,	interlock	control
Main power switch Supplies AC power to the power supply unit
HDD Image	data	spool,	saved	in	main	program
DIMM (Memory) Main	memory	of	MTH31A	board;	only	one	module	(1	GB)	
can	be	equipped
MCT16A2 (Mechanical control 
board)
Mechanical	control,	heat	development	heater	control
PRN16A2 (Print control 
board)
DA	converts	processed	image	signals	from	MTH24A	board	
and	sends	to	scanner,	laser	power	strength	control,	expo-
sure	output	timing	control
PNL31B	(Volume	board) Touch	panel	contrast	adjustment
PNL31C	(Switch/LED	board) Power	ON	switch,	operation	panel	LED,	buzzer
PNL24A (Operation panel 
board)
LCD	display	control/non-display	control,	touch	panel	con-
trol
PNL31D	(SIG	board) Status lamp
HTD28A	(Heater	drive	board) Drives	heat	development	unit	heaters	based	on	the	control	
signal	from	MCT	board.
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MD-22
MD-22006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
2. STARTING UP AND ENDING THE 
EQUIPMENT
2.1	 Power	ON	Operations
The	equipment	starts	up	in	the	following	conditions	when	the	main	power	switch	is	
ON.
Method Conditions Remarks
Power ON switch on 
operation panel
Press power ON switch on op-
eration panel.
-
WakeOnLAN function Receive WakeOnLAN packet 
from	network	connected	device
The	network	equipment	needs	
to	correspond	to	the	WakeOn-
LAN function.
The	following	screen	appears	when	DICOM	input	is	enabled	during	initialization.
While	this	screen	is	displayed,	image	inputs	are	accepted	but	keys	cannot	be	entered.
 
<REMARKS>
In	the	screen	display	example	shown	above,	the	blue	frame	for	film	quantity	indicates	
that	DI-HL	film	is	loaded,	and	the	gray	frame	for	film	quantity	indicates	that	DI-HLc	film	
loaded,	and	also	the	pink	frame	for	film	quantity	indicates	that	DI-ML	film	is	loaded.	“4.0”	
displayed	below	the	tray	number	indicates	that	the	tone	type	is	set	to	Dmax	4.0.
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MD-23
MD-23006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
2.2	 Error	Processing
When	errors	occur	during	initialization	or	in	the	routine	mode,	this	equipment	performs	
the	following	processes.
n When Films Run Out
When	the	remaining	number	of	films	counter	becomes	0,	the	equipment	determines	
that	films	have	run	out	and	shows	a	display	prompting	replenishing	of	films.	However,	
if	the	equipment	has	several	trays,	and	trays	other	than	the	one	that	has	run	out	of	
films	have	films	of	the	same	size	and	same	base	color,	the	display	prompting	that	
films	be	replenished	will	be	shown	while	printing	continues.
Information	that	films	have	run	out	will	be	sent	to	externally	connected	devices	at	the	
point	a	printing	request	is	made.
The	replenishing	of	films	by	the	user	is	determined	by	the	opening/closing	of	film	
trays,	and	by	the	ON/OFF	of	the	film	pack/shutter	detection	sensor.
n	When	Level	1	Errors	Occur
When	level	1	errors	occur,	for	errors	which	can	be	recovered	by	the	user,	displayson	
user	recovery	operations	are	shown.	Initialization	was	performed	after	recovery	by	the	
user,	and	if	printing	is	currently	being	performed	printing	will	be	continued.
If	recovered	by	retry	operations	of	the	equipment,	only	error	logs	are	performed.	Error	
logs	are	also	only	performed	for	reference	information	for	design	analysis.
l	Cover	Open/Tray	Open/Shutter	Detection
When	these	errors	are	detected,	operations	of	the	equipment	are	stopped,	the	error	
notification	screen	appears	on	the	operation	panel,	and	operations	of	the	equipment	
are	continued	after	errors	have	been	removed	by	the	user.
l When Films Jam
When	films	jam,	printing	of	films	ahead	of	the	jammed	position	are	completed,	and	the	
film	jam	screen	appears.
When	film	jams	in	the	sorter,	printing	is	stopped	immediately	and	the	film	jam	screen	
appears.
Images	which	have	not	been	printed	will	be	re-output	automatically	after	recover.
l	When	Sorter	is	Abnormal
When	errors	occur	in	the	sorter	during	printing,	the	discharge	destination	of	film	
proceeding	the	sorter	is	switched	to	the	top	of	the	equipment.	At	the	same	time,	the	
sorter	error	notification	screen	appears.	Touching	the		“CONFIRM”	button	sets	the	
sorter	into	the	degenerated	state.
n	When	Level	0	Errors	Occur
When	level	0	errors	occur,	the	equipment	completes	the	current	process	as	much	as	
possible,	stops	temperature	control,	and	the	error	display	is	shown.
The	equipment	then	becomes	system	down	and	the	power	must	be	turned	ON/OFF.	It	
is	possible	to	shift	to	the	M-Utility	in	this	state.
Level	0	errors	consists	of	the	following.
•	 Conveyance	system	fatal	error
•	 Temperature	control	system	fatal	error
•	 Scanner	system	fatal	error	
•	 Image	processing	fatal	error	
•	 Fatal	errors	determined	by	the	software	
•	 Failed	in	reading	external	files	when	equipment	is	started.
•	 Discovered	contradiction	of	various	software	environment	when	equipment	is	
started.
•	 Discovered	contradiction	in	service	settings	when	equipment	is	started.
•	 Discovered	malfunction	of	various	electric	parts	when	equipment	is	initialized.
•	 Malfunctions	of	all	trays.
•	 Communication	error	of	formatter	(MTH	board)	and	printer	(MCT	board)
n	Degeneration
When	the	following	units	malfunction,	this	is	taken	as	degeneration,	and	operations	
are	continued	without	using	the	function.
•	 Tray	(only	when	there	are	usable	trays)
•	 Density	measurement	section
•	 Sorter
n Film Replacement Output
If	films	with	the	size	and	base	color	specified	by	externally	connected	equipment	have	
not	been	replenished,	films	are	output	from	trays	which	can	be	used	according	to	
configuration	settings	of	the	M-Utility.
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MD-24
MD-24006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
2.3	 Power	OFF	Operations
When	the	power	of	this	equipment	is	ON,	it	can	be	ended	in	the	following	conditions.
Method Conditions Remarks
Shut	down	button	on	
touch panel
Touch	the	shut	down	bottun	on	
the touch panel.
-
Main power switch Turn OFF the main power 
switch.
All power supplies are cut off 
regardless	the	state	of	the	
equipment.
<REMARKS>
Shut	down	the	software	before	turning	off	the	power	when	ending	the	equipment.
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MD-25
MD-25006-267-14E
03.20.2014 FM9229
3. DESCRIPTION OF MECHANICAL 
OPERATIONS
3.1	 Film	Loading	Unit
<REMARKS>
The	descriptions	in	this	section	use	the	upper	film	loading	unit	as	an	example.	The	I/
O	names	differ	depending	on	the	tray	specifications	of	the	max	2-tray	model	or	max	
3-tray	model,	so	substitute	the	I/O	names	as	follows.
<In	the	case	of	film	pack/shutter	detection	sensor>
Max	2-tray	model
•	 Upper	film	loading	unit:	SA11
•	 Lower	film	loading	unit:	SA21
Max	3-tray	model
•	 Upper	film	loading	unit:	SA11
•	 Middle	film	loading	unit:	SA21
•	 Lower	film	loading	unit:	SA31
3.1.1	 Film	Sizes
This	equipment	is	compatible	with	film	sizes	35	x	43	cm,	28	x	35	cm,	26	x	36	cm,	25	x	
30	cm,	and	20	x	25	cm.	The	following	figure	shows	the	arrangement	of	guide	pins	and	
guide	plates	for	each	film	size.
 
FPCD0311.AI 
Film tray 
35x43 
25x30 
20x25 
Guide plate 
Guide pin 
26x36, 28x35
28x35
The	following	procedures	are	required	to	change	the	film	size.
•	 Change	the	position	for	attaching	the	guide	pin	and	guide	plate	in	the	film	tray
•	 Change	the	position	for	attaching	the	barcode	reader
•	 To	use	the	20	x	25	cm	film	size,	change	the	positions	for	attaching	the	suction	cup	
arm	and	replace	the	guide	plate	in	the	film	tray
•	 Change	the	film	size	at	the	configuration	setting	of	the	M-Utility
3.1.2	 Film	Pack/Shutter	Detection
To	prevent	exposure	of	films	in	trays	when	trays	are	opened,	this	equipment	is	
provided	with	sensors	to	detect	film	packs	in	the	trays	or	the	shutter.	The	tray	open	
operation	via	the	operation	panel	can	be	received	only	when	reflected	light	from	
the	film	pack	or	shutter	is	detected	by	the	film	pack/shutter	detection	sensor	(SA11:	
reflection	type	sensor).
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MD-26
MD-26006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
3.1.3	 Barcode	Reader	(BCR)
A	barcode	label	is	pasted	to	the	base	of	the	film	pack.	The	barcode	reader	(BCR)	
reads	barcode	information	such	as	film	production	lot,	size,	type,	etc.	from	this	label	
when	film	is	loaded.
If	change	in	the	film	production	lot	is	detected	from	this	barcode	information,	density	
measurement	is	performed	automatically	according	to	the	U-Utility	setting,	and	
density	difference	is	corrected	by	updating	the	density	correction	table.	Also	errors	are	
indicated	when	a	diffirent	type	of	film	is	loaded	by	mistake.
If	barcode	information	is	not	read	correctly,	BCR	is	detected	as	malfunctioning	and	the	
previous	density	correction	tables	are	used	continuously.	Or	the	film	is	detected	as	
other	brand	product.
l	Example	of	screen	display	that	appears	when	a	different	type	of	
film	is	loaded	by	mistake
3.1.4	 Tray	Detection/Tray	Lock
Film	tray	detection	is	performed	by	the	tray	detection	switch	(SA12).	When	a	film	tray	
is	inserted,	SA12	turns	OFF,	thereby	detecting	the	film	tray	presence.
SA12	also	serves	as	an	interlock	function,	which	cuts	off	the	+24V	power	of	the	film	
removing	motor	(MB11),	removal	unit	conveyance	motor	(MB12),	suction	pump	(PB11),	
and	solenoid	valve	(SVB11)	when	tray	is	opening.
	{MD:4.3_Interlock	Control}
Tray	lock	is	released	by	SOLA11,	and	the	SOLA11	state	is	detected	by	the	tray	lock	
detection	sensor	(SA13).
By	the	tray	open	operation	via	the	operation	panel,	SOLA11	turns	ON	and	the	tray	
lock	is	released.	When	SOLA11	turns	ON,	SA13	goes	ON	by	the	actuator	attached	
to	the	hook.	SA13	prevents	the	tray	from	being	persistently	locked	in	case	SOLA11	
malfunctions.
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MD-27
MD-27006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
3.2	 Removal	Unit
<REMARKS>
The	descriptions	in	this	section	use	the	upper	removal	unit	as	an	example.	The	I/
O	names	differ	depending	on	the	tray	specifications	of	the	max	2-tray	model	or	max	
3-tray	model,	so	substitute	the	I/O	names	as	follows.
<In	the	case	of	suction	cup	arm	HP	detection	sensor>
Max	2-tray	model
•	 Upper	removal	unit:	SB11
•	 Lower	removal	unit:	SB21
Max	3-tray	model
•	 Upper	removal	unit:	SB11
•	 Middle	removal	unit:	SB21
•	 Lower	removal	unit:	SB31
3.2.1	 Suction	Cup	Arm	Home	Position
In	the	standby	state,	the	suction	cup	arm	is	positioned	at	the	suction	cup	arm	home	
position. The suction cup arm home position is the position at which the suction 
cup	arm	HP	detection	sensor	(SB11)	switches	from	OFF	to	ON	and	the	removal	
conveyance roller (upper) touches the removal unit conveyance roller (lower).
 
3.2.2	 Film	Suction
The	film	removing	motor	(MB11)	rotates	at	high	speed	in	the	reverse	direction	(CCW)	
by	the	removal	enable	signal,	and	the	suction	cup	arm	starts	moving.	
The	suction	cup	arm	curves	according	to	the	groove	on	the	removal	unit	frame	and	
passes	the	upper	dead-point.	MB11	stops	momentarily	and	starts	reversing	again	
when	the	arm	passes	the	upper	dead-point.	When	the	removal	unit	conveyance	roller	
(upper)	reaches	the	film	surface	turning	ON	the	film	surface	detection	sensor	(SB12),MB11 stops.
 
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MD-28
MD-28006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
Upon	the	stop	of	MB11,	the	suction	pump	(PB11)	turns	ON,	resuming	its	reverse	
rotation	to	press	the	suction	cup	onto	the	film	surface.	When	SB12	turns	OFF,	MB11	
stops.
 
Provided	in	the	suction	cup	is	a	nozzle	connected	to	the	hose	from	PB11,	which	
generates	negative	pressure	in	the	suction	cup	when	PB11	turned	ON,	allowing	the	
film	to	be	suctioned.
3.2.3	 Film	Flapping	Operations
With	the	film	suctioned	to	the	suction	cup,	MB11	rotates	in	the	normal	direction	
(CW)	and	the	suction	cup	arm	rises	up	to	where	the	suction	cup	arm	upper	dead-
point	detection	sensor	(SB13)	turns	ON.	From	this	position,	MB11	repeats	rotating	
in	reverse	and	normal	directions	to	perform	flapping	operations	which	repeat	rising/
lowering	of	suction	cup	arm	five	times.
Flapping	operations	supply	air	to	the	trailing	edge	of	the	film	by	moving	the	leading	
edge	up	and	down,	to	prevent	improper	conveyance	due	to	adherence	of	the	trailing	
edges	of	the	films.	In	addition,	the	films	stuck	together	due	to	static	are	peeled	apart	
by	fanning	the	lead	edge	of	the	film	with	the	pick	provided	on	the	loading	unit.
 
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MD-29
MD-29006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
3.2.4	 Film	Release
After	flapping	operations	complete,	MB11	rotates	in	the	normal	direction	(CW),	and	
moves	the	film	to	the	removal	unit	conveyance	roller	(lower).
If	SB11	turns	ON	while	it	is	moving,	MB11	stops	temporarily	and	rotates	in	the	normal	
direction	for	the	specified	number	of	pulses.
 
Now	in	this	state,	PB11	turns	OFF	and	the	solenoid	valve	(SVB11)	turns	ON	
concurrently,	thereby	causing	air	leakage	to	separate	the	film	from	the	suction	cup.
Upon	release	of	film	from	the	suction	cup,	the	removal	unit	conveyance	roller	(upper)	
falls	by	its	own	weight,	and	the	film	is	gripped	by	the	removal	unit	conveyance	roller	
(upper)	and	removal	unit	conveyance	roller	(lower).	
3.2.5	 Removal	Conveyance
After	film	separation,	the	removal	unit	conveyance	motor	(MB12)	rotates,	conveying	
the	film	until	it	stops	at	the	conveyer	unit	entrance	sensor	(SD1).
At	this	time,	if	SD1	does	not	turn	ON	within	the	specified	time,	the	film	is	detected	as	
having	been	dropped,	and	an	error	code	is	displayed.
When	the	trailing	edge	of	the	preceding	film	passes	the	film	leading	edge	detection	
sensor	(SE1),	film	conveyance	resumes.
 
3.2.6	 Returning	to	Home	Position
When	SD1	detects	the	leading	edge	of	the	film	via	the	conveyance	operation,	MB11	
rotates	in	the	normal	and	reverse	direction,	returning	the	suction	cup	arm	to	the	home	
position,	and	waits	for	the	next	removal	enable	signal.
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MD-30
MD-30006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
3.2.7	 Magic	Arm
As	the	mechanism	for	removing	film	from	the	bottom	of	the	tray	within	the	film	removal	
unit	that	are	slimmed	down	from	that	of	previous	models,	provided	for	this	equipment	
is	the	“Magic	Arm”	that	extends	the	suction	cup	unit.
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MD-31
MD-31006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
3.3	 Conveyor	Unit
3.3.1	 Conveyance
Upon	receiving	the	conveyance	start	signal,	conveyance	into	the	conveyor	unit	starts.
The	film	conveyance	motor	(MD1)	and	removal	unit	conveyance	motors	(MB12/MB22)	
rotates	to	feed	the	film	until	its	leading	edge	is	detected	by	the	conveyor	unit	exit	
sensor	(SD2).	Here,	MB22	rotates	only	when	the	film	is	removed	from	the	lower	tray.
3.3.2	 Cleaning	Roller	Detection
Presence/absence	of	the	cleaning	roller	inside	the	upper	conveyor	unit	open/close	
guide	is	detected	by	the	cleaning	roller	detection	sensor	(SD3).
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MD-32
MD-32006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
3.3.3	 Striking	against	Stopper
Upon	the	start	of	conveyance,	the	stopper	solenoid	(SOLD1)	turns	ON	and	raises	the	
stopper	located	at	the	conveyor	unit	exit.	The	stopper	release	detection	sensor	(SD4)	
detects	whether	the	stopper	is	raised	or	lowered.
The	film	that	has	been	temporarily	at	rest	after	being	detected	at	SD2	is	conveyed	at	
low	speed	until	it	strikes	against	the	stopper.	Because	the	conveyance	by	the	motor	
is	still	continued,	the	film	gets	arched	to	correct	skew	with	respect	to	the	conveyance	
direction.
3.3.4	 Gripping	by	Conveyor	Unit	Exit	Roller
When	the	predetermined	time	has	passed	since	the	film	struck	the	stopper,	MD1	and	
MB12/MB22 stop.
Then,	the	conveyor	unit	exit	roller	gripping	release	motor	(MD2)	rotates	in	the	reverse	
direction	(CCW),	allowing	the	conveyor	unit	exit	roller	to	grip	the	film.	The	grip	roller	
position	detection	sensor	(SD5)	detects	whether	the	conveyor	unit	exit	roller	is	in	the	
gripped	or	released	state.	
When	the	film	is	completely	gripped,	SOLD1	turns	OFF	and	the	stopper	is	lowered.
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MD-33
MD-33006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
3.3.5	 Film	Edge	Sensor
Film	edge	sensor	(SD6)	is	provided	in	the	conveyor	unit	exit	to	optimize	the	start	
position	of	main	scanning/writing	(the	number	of	pixels	to	be	skipped).
When	the	film	passes	the	conveyor	unit	exit,	the	edge	sensor	arm	of	the	film	edge	
sensor	assembly	provided	on	the	front	side	of	the	conveyor	unit	is	pushed,	thereby	
allowing	the	sector	gear	concentric	to	the	edge	sensor	arm	to	rotate	the	encoder	plate.	
The	film	edge	sensor	(SD6)	measures	the	distance	from	the	reference	position	to	the	
film	edge	by	counting	the	number	of	slits	on	this	rotating	encoder	plate.
3.3.6	 Pre-recording	Conveyance
After	transfer	of	image	data	to	the	print	buffer	in	the	formatter,	film	conveyance	to	the	
sub-scanning	unit	is	started	(pre-recording	conveyance).
In	pre-recording	conveyance,	MD1	is	rotated	in	the	reverse	direction	(CCW)	at	high	
speed	for	the	specified	number	of	pulses,	and	is	switched	to	low	speed	in	the	reverse	
direction	in	synchronization	with	the	sub-scanning	conveyance	roller	to	send	the	film	
to	the	sub-scanning	unit.	
After	conveying	the	film	for	the	specified	time,	MD1	is	rotated	in	the	normal	direction	
(CW)	to	disengage	the	conveyor	gears	in	the	rear	of	the	conveyor	unit	to	free	the	
conveyor	unit	exit	roller,	thereby	preventing	.
Thereafter,	when	image	recording	is	started	and	SD2	goes	OFF,	the	conveyor	unit	exit	
grip	roller	is	released.
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MD-34
MD-34006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
3.4	 Sub-scanning	Unit
3.4.1	 Sub-scanning	Conveyance
Upon	film	conveyance	from	the	conveyer	unit,	the	sub-scanning	motor	(ME1)	rotates	
driving	the	sub-scanning	conveyance	roller	via	the	flat	belts	(rear/front).
When	performing	service,	the	sub-scanning	motor	shall	be	replaced	as	a	set	because	
it	consists	of	the	pulse	motor	and	ME1	driver	board.
	{MC:6.3_Sub-Scanning	Motor	(ME1)}
3.4.2	 Recording	Conveyance
When	the	leading	edge	of	film	is	detected	by	the	film	leading	edge	detection	sensor	
(SE1),	image	recording	by	means	of	the	laser	light	from	the	scanner	unit	starts.
After	Image	recording	ends,	and	the	film	is	conveyed	for	a	distance	according	to	the	
film	length,	ME1	stops.
 
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MD-35
MD-35006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
3.5	 Scanning	Optics	Unit
3.5.1	 Scanner	Unit
The	scanning	optics	unit	is	composed	of	the	LDD	board	(laser	diode	control	board),	
LDA	board(laser	diode	emission	board),	SYN	board	(start-point	detection	board)	of	the	
scanner	unit,	SED	board	of	the	sub-scanning	unit	(film	leading	edge	detection	sensor:	
SE1),	polygon	motor,	LED	board	and	PDD	board	of	the	density	measurement	section.
The	LDD	board,	LDA	board,	SYN	board,	and	SED	board	are	controlled	by	the	PRN	
board,	while	the	polygon	motor	and	density	measurement	section	are	controlled	by	the	
SND	board.	These	controls	are	synchronized	with	film	conveyance	to	record	images.
The	digital	data	sent	from	the	MTH	board	is	D/A	converted	in	the	PRN	board,	and	sent	
to	the	LDD	board	as	analog	image	signal.
3.5.2	 Laser	Exposure
Red	laser	of	maximum	power	70mW/658nm	is	radiated	to	the	six-face	polygon	mirror	
from	the	laser	diode	mounted	to	the	laser	unit	of	the	scanner	unit.
The	laser	light	scanned	in	the	main	scanning	direction	via	thepolygon	mirror	is	
synchronized	by	detecting	the	scan	start	timing	at	the	main	scanning	sync	sensor	of	
the	SYN	board.
The	laser	light	reflected	from	the	polygon	mirror	passes	through	the	scanning	lens	
and	is	directed	via	the	reflecting	mirror	to	the	surface	of	the	film	at	the	bottom	of	the	
scanning	optics	unit.	The	exposed	film	is	conveyed	to	the	heat	development	unit	and	
is	heat	developed.
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MD-36
MD-36006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
3.5.3	 Density	Measurement	Section
The	density	measurement	section	measures	film	density	after	development,	and	
compiles	density	correction	tables	to	correct	image	density.
The	film	(17-steps	pattern/24-steps	pattern)	printed	via	the	density	measurement	
menu	on	the	operation	panel	is	read	for	the	light	penetration	amount	when	it	passes	
between	the	light-emitting	side	of	the	LED	board	and	light-sensing	side	of	the	PDD	
board	of	the	film	release	unit	to	measure	the	density	data.
3.5.4	 Temperature	Correction
Film	image	density	varies	depending	on	the	cooling	temperature	after	heat	
development	and	the	temperature	of	the	equipment.	For	this	reason,	the	temperature	
of	the	film	cooling	section	and	temperature	near	the	sub-scanning	unit	are	detected	by	
the	thermistor,	and	based	on	this	temperature	data,	image	data	before	D/A	conversion	
are	corrected.
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MD-37
MD-37006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
3.6	 Heat	Development	Unit
3.6.1	 Heat	Development
The	exposed	image	on	the	film	conveyed	from	the	sub-scanning	unit	is	heat	
developed	by	passing	through	the	heat	plate	and	heat	development	roller	of	the	heat	
development	unit.
The	heat	development	unit	conveyance	motor	(MG1)	starts	rotating	upon	the	start	of	
removal	operation,	and	the	film	conveyance	state	is	detected	by	the	heat	development	
unit entrance sensor (SG1).
The	film	that	has	undergone	the	heat	development	process	is	uncurled	while	being	
gradually	cooled	down	by	the	film	cooling	section,	and	conveyed	to	the	film	release	
unit.
After	the	last	film	is	released,	MG1	stops.
 
3.6.2	 Temperature	Control
Provided	in	the	heat	development	unit	are	two	heat	development	rack	assemblies:	1st	
rack	and	2nd	rack.
Temperature	control	is	performed	by	the	temperature	detection	signal	from	the	
thermistors	(THG)	attached	to	the	heat	plate	of	each	rack.
In	addition,	thermal	protectors	(TPG)	are	attached	to	each	heat	plate	as	a	protection	
against	overheating.
Heat	development	unit	fans	(FANG)	cool	down	the	heat	development	unit	with	
their	rotation	speed	modified	within	the	voltage	range	of	+14V	to	+24V	at	six	steps	
depending	on	the	heater	temperature.
<REMARKS>
This	equipment	performs	heat	development	by	changing	the	pulse	width	of	the	heater	
ON	time	according	to	the	voltage	value	selected	via	the	[Power	Supply	Voltage]	of	
M-Utility.
	{MU:3.3	[6-6]_Power	Supply	Voltage}
ろ
 
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MD-38
MD-38006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
3.7	 Film	Release	Unit
3.7.1	 Film	Discharge
The	film	that	has	undergone	the	heat	development	is	conveyed	to	the	film	release	unit	
and	discharged	outside	the	equipment.
When	the	film	release	unit	entrance	sensor	(SJ1)	turns	ON,	the	film	release	unit	
conveyance	motor	(MJ1)	starts	rotating	in	the	normal	direction	(CW)	at	low	speed.
When	the	film	is	discharged	and	then	the	film	release	sensor	(SJ2)	turns	OFF,	MG1	
and	MJ1	stop	concurrently.
For	main	unit	software	version	V2.0	or	later,	MG1	and	MJ1	stop	concurrently	upon	
expiry	of	the	prescribed	time	from	the	passage	of	film	trailing	edge	through	SJ1	to	the	
exit	of	film	trailing	edge	from	the	equipment.
3.7.2	 High	Speed	Discharge
When	the	trailing	edge	of	film	passes	SJ1	and	the	following	conditions	are	satisfied,	
MJ1	switches	to	high	speed	normal	rotation	to	allow	the	film	to	be	discharged	at	high	
speed.
Conditions High speed shift
Normal	film	output	(film	cooling	sec-
tion temperature is low) Shifted	to	high	speed	release	upon	SJ1-OFF
Normal	film	output	(film	cooling	sec-
tion	temperature	is	high) Shifted	to	high	speed	release	upon	expiry	of	
the	prescribed	time	after	SJ1-OFF
Cleaning	film	output
Density	measurement	film	output Not	available
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MD-39
MD-39006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
3.8	 Sorter
3.8.1	 Film	Conveyance
Film	conveyance	at	the	optional	sorter	is	performed	by	being	driven	by	the	film	release	
unit	conveyance	motor	(MJ1).
When	the	film	release	unit	entrance	sensor	(SJ1)	turns	ON,	the	film	release	unit	
conveyance	motor	(MJ1)	starts	rotating	in	the	normal	direction	(CW)	at	low	speed.
3.8.2	 Changeover	Guide	Switching
Switching	of	film	discharge	destination	from	the	main	unit	to	the	sorter,	or	switching	of	
the	discharge	bins	is	performed	by	switching	the	direction	of	the	changeover	guide	via	
turning	ON/OFF	the	film	release	solenoids	(SOLT1	through	SOLT3).
For	equipments	without	the	sorter,	the	changeover	guide	is	fixed	at	the	upper	panel	
discharge	position.	For	equipments	with	the	sorter,	the	changeover	guide	is	movable	
and	normally	held	at	the	upper	panel	(bin	1)	discharge	position	under	the	spring	
tension.
<NOTE>
The	bin	number	of	the	upper	panel	is	1	and	those	of	the	sorter	bins	are	2	
through	4	from	the	bottom	upwards.
When	the	film	is	discharged	to	the	sorter,	the	direction	of	the	changeover	guide	is	
switched	by	turning	ON	the	1st	bin	film	release	solenoid	(SOLT1)	upon	the	start	of	
MJ1	rotation.	
Switching	of	bins	is	performed	by	ON/OFF	combinations	of	the	bin	film	release	
solenoids	(SOLT2/SOLT3).
Film	discharge	destination
1	bin 2	bin 3	bin 4 bin
SOLT3 OFF OFF ON OFF
SOLT2 OFF ON OFF OFF
SOLT1 OFF ON ON ON
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MD-40
MD-40006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
3.8.3	 Film	Discharge
After	the	film	is	discharged	onto	the	bin,	turning	OFF	the	bin	film	release	sensor	(ST1/
ST2/ST3),	MJ1	stops	in	the	predetermined	time	and	the	solenoid	goes	OFF.
For	main	unit	software	version	V2.0	or	later,	MJ1	stops	upon	expiry	of	the	prescribed	
time	from	the	passage	of	film	trailing	edge	through	SJ1	to	the	exit	of	film	trailing	edge	
from the equipment. 
<REMARKS>
High	speed	discharge	is	performed	by	the	same	control	as	that	of	the	film	release	unit.
	{MD:3.7_Film Release Unit}
 
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MD-41
MD-41006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
4. DESCRIPTION OF ELECTRICAL 
CONTROL
4.1	 System	Block	Diagram
n	Max	2-tray	model
SED SYN 
LDD 
Polygon motor 
Laser 
LDA 
PD 
(Leading 
edge) 
(Start- 
point) 
ADC 
Power supply unit 
MTH PRN 
SND 
MCT 
Touch panel 
Power ON switch 
Power lamp LED 
Operation panel 
Scanner unit 
+5VS 
+5V 
+12VD 
+12V 
-12V 
+3.3V 
+24V 
±12VITRLK 
Heater power 
Interlock 
HDD 
+5VS Sensor 
Microswitch 
Motor 
Solenoid 
Fan 
Pump 
Solenoid valve 
Heat development heater 
Density measurement section sensor 
Counter Film edge sensor 
SIO 
CPU 
DIMM 
Barcode reader 
Thermistor 
FPCD0408.AI 
AC Input 
Buzzer 
Main power switch 
HTD 
LAN
LAN compatible external devices
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MD-42
MD-42006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
n	Max	3-tray	model
FPCD0412.ai
Breaker
Power supply 
(PSU31B)
PRN16A2 Scanner unit
SND31A
Sensors
Actuators
Heaters
HDD
Operation panel
LCD (PNL31A)
LED/Power ON switch/Buzzer
Status lamp (PNL31B/C/D)
Leading edge
detection
(SED28A)
LD control board
(LDD28C)
Start point
detection
(SYN28C) LD light-emitting 
board
(LDA28C)
Laser PD
Sensor
(Three are for 
optional sorter)
Edge sensor (Mechanical)
Thermistor density 
measurement section 
detection (PDD28A)
2-phase pulse motor
5-phase pulse motor
Linear solenoid
(Three are for optional sorter)
Air pumps/Solenoid value
DC fan
Microswitch
(One is for optional sorter)
Density measurement 
section LED (LED28A)
Heater/Thermal protector
ADC
Counter
BCRSIO
External 
connection NETWORK device
HTD28A
+5V, +12VD
+3.3V,±12V
±12VITLK
+5VS, +12VD
+5V, ±12V
+24V
AC100-240V
AC100-120/200-240V
±10%
+5VS,+5V,
+3.3V,+12VD, 
-12V 
Interlock
Polygonal motorPCK28A
Additional protective 
grounding wire
(forinstallation in 
patient environment)
2-phase pulse motor
Linear solenoid/Air pump
Solenoid valve/DC fan
Sensor
Microswitch/BCR
3 traysSND31B+5V,+24V
+24V
Terminal
AC100-240V
+5V
*1 or *2: Changed according to number of trays
MTH31A
CPU
DIMM
LAN
MCT16A2
*2
Connection 
with 3 trays
*1
Direct 
connection 
with 1/2 trays
Power supply 
(PSU27A)
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MD-43
MD-43006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
4.2	 Outline	of	Power	Supply
n	Max	2-tray	model
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MD-44
MD-44006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
n	Max	3-tray	model
SED SYN 
Polygon motor
Laser
LDA 
PD 
Power supply unit
MTH 
PSU31B
PSU27A
PRN 
SND31A
SND31B
MCT 
Touch panel
Power ON switch
POWER LED LED 
Operation panel
Scanner unit
+5VS
+5V
+12VD
+12V
-12V
+3.3V
+24V
±12VITRLK
Heater power
HDD 
+5VS 
+24V
Drive parts
Sensors
Density measurement section
Barcode reader
Thermistor
Heat development unit heater
FPCD0413.ai
AC Input (100 - 120/200 - 240 VAC)
Main power switch
+5V 
+12VD 
±12V 
+3.3V 
+5V 
±12V 
+24V 
+5V
+3.3V
+24V
±12VITRLK 
+5V 
+12VD 
 
+5VS 
+5V 
+3.3V 
+12VD 
-12V 
+5V 
+5V 
+5V 
100/200VAC
100/200VAC
HTD 
+5V→+3.3V 
+5V→+2.5V Signal1/2 tray unit
3 tray unit
Signal
+5V 
+5V 
+24V
+5V
±12V
+5V
+2.5V
+5V 
+5V 
±8V 
+24V 
LDD 
±12V→±8V
+5V 
(Leading
edge)
(Start-
point)
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MD-45
MD-45006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
AC	power	is	supplied	to	the	power	supply	unit	when	the	main	power	switch	is	turned	
ON.	The	power	supply	unit	outputs	the	following	power	based	on	this	AC	power.
•	 When	AC	power	is	input,	the	power	supply	unit	outputs	+5VS	to	the	MTH	board	and	
for	the	power	lamp	on	the	operation	panel,	and	AC	power	for	the	heat	development	
heater	to	the	HTD	board.
•	 The	power	supply	unit	outputs	+5V,	±12V,	+12VD,	+24V,	and	+3.3V	when	the	power	
ON	switch	is	pushed.
•	 The	HTD	board	outputs	AC	power	to	the	heat	development	unit	heater	by	the	heater	
control	signal	from	the	MCT	board.
The	MTH	board	has	a	lithium	battery	for	the	clock	and	backup	RAM.
<REMARKS>
Each	output	block	of	the	power	supply	unit	of	this	equipment	has	a	protection	circuit	
for	overvoltage	and	overcurrent.	When	problems	are	detected,	the	present	DC	output	
is	stopped.
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MD-46
MD-46006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
4.3	 Interlock	Control
The	drive	power	supply	cutoff	by	the	interlock	switch	of	this	equipment	is	shown	below.
n	Max	2-tray	model
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MD-47
MD-47006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
n	Max	3-tray	model
SND24A board
SND31B board
FPCD0414.ai
1-tray detection switch
(SA12)
SOLA11, SOLA21
K1
Front cover interlock switch (SK1, SK2)
-12V+12V
+24V
+5V
+12V
-12V
+24V
F7
2-tray detection switch
(SA22)
MB21, PB21, SVB21
K2
K2
MB31, MB32, PB31, SVB31
K1
K5
K7
MG1
K3
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
MB11, PB11, SVB11
K1
ME1ME1 driver board
K3
K3
K4
K8
K9
+24V
F9
PC
PC
PC
Polygon motor (MS1)
MD1, MD2
K4K6
K8K9
Upper right cover interlock switch (SK3, SK4)
Lower right cover interlock switch (SK5)
SK3 SK4
SK1 SK2
SK5
K1
K
K2
MB22
MB12
PC
PC
K5
K5
K6
+24V
+24VITRLK
+24VITRLK
F11
+24V
F1
PC
PC
+24V
F13
+24V
F15
F
MJ1, SOLT1 - SOLT3
K4K7
SOLD1
K6
K7
K
+24VITRLK
COMNO
COMNO
COM NC
COM NC COM NC
COM NC
3-tray detection switch
(SA32)
K1
PC
COM NC
COM NC
COM NC COM NO
Power supply unit
Scanner unit
(LDD)
Upper small cover
interlock switch (SJ3)
Sorter right cover
interlock switch (ST4)
: Relay coil
: Relay contacts
: Fuse
: Disconnection detection by photocoupler
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MD-48
MD-48006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
n	 Interlock	and	Back	Electromotive	Force	Prevention	Circuit	by	
Relay
<REMARKS>
The	back	electromotive	force	prevention	circuit	prevents	back	electromotive	force	
generated	by	the	rotation	of	the	motor	when	film	is	removed	due	to	jam.
K1,	K2	 :	Relays	which	stop	the	load	operation	or	perform	back	
electromotive	force	cutoff	of	MB11,	MB12,	MB21	and	
MB22	when	trays	are	opened.
K3,	K4	 :	Relays	which	stop	the	load	operation	or	perform	back	
electromotive	force	cutoff	of	MD1,	MD2,	ME1,	MG1	and	
MJ1	when	the	upper	front	cover	is	opened.
K5	 :	Relays	which	stop	the	load	operation	or	perform	back	
electromotive	force	cutoff	of	MB12,	MB22	and	ME1	when	
the	upper	right	cover	and/or	lower	right	cover	are	opened.
K6	 :	Relays	which	stop	the	load	operation	or	perform	back	
electromotive	force	cutoff	of	MD1	and	MD2	when	the	
upper	right	cover	and/or	lower	right	cover	are	opened.
K7	 :	Relays	which	stop	the	load	operation	or	perform	back	
electromotive	force	cutoff	of	MG1	and	MJ1	when	the	
upper	small	cover	and/or	sorter	right	cover	are	opened.
K8,	K9	 :	Relays	which	cutoff	power	supply	to	the	LDD	board	when	
the	upper	front	cover,	upper	right	cover	and/or	lower	right	
cover	are	opened.
Power	supply	internal	relay	:	Relays	which	cutoff	±12	V	(for	driving	laser)	to	the	LDD	
board	when	the	upper	front	cover,	upper	right	cover	and/
or	lower	right	cover	are	opened.
n	Disconnection	Detection	by	Photocoupler
The	ON/OFF	state	of	interlock	switches,	relays,	and	fuses	are	used	for	software	
control	after	being	converted	ON/OFF	signal	by	photocoupler.
n	Stop	Load	by	Interlock	Switch
When	the	interlock	function	operates,	the	power	of	the	following	load	is	cut	off.
l	Max	2-tray	model
:	Power	cutoff	load
Unit Symbol Name SA12 SA22 SK1,
SK2
SK3,
SK4,
SK5
SJ3,
ST4
Upper removal unit 
(B1)
MB11 Film	removing	motor
PB11 Suction pump
SVB11 Solenoid	valve
MB12 Removal unit convey-
ance motor
Lower removal unit 
(B2)
MB21 Film	removing	motor
PB21 Suction pump
SVB21 Solenoid	valve
MB22 Removal unit convey-
ance motor
Conveyor unit (D)
MD1 Film conveyance motor
MD2 Conveyor unit exit roller 
gripping	release	motor
SOLD1 Stopper	solenoid
Sub-scanninig	unit	
(E) ME1 Sub-scanning	motor
Heat	development	
unit (G) MG1 Heat	develpment	unit	
conveyance motor
Film	release	unit	(J) MJ1 Film release unit con-
veyance motor
Sorter (T)
SOLT1 1st	bin	film	release	so-
lenoid
SOLT2 2nd	bin	film	release	
solenoid
SOLT3 3rd	bin	film	release	
solenoid
Scanner LDD LDD	board
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MD-49
MD-49006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
l	Max	3-tray	model
:	Power	cutoff	load
Unit Symbol Name SA12 SA22 SA32 SK1,
SK2
SK3,
SK4,
SK5
SJ3,
ST4
Upper removal unit 
(B1)
MB11 Film	removing	motor
PB11 Suction pump
SVB11 Solenoid	valve
MB12 Removal unit convey-
ance motor
Middle	removal	unit	
(B2)
MB21 Film	removing	motor
PB21 Suction pump
SVB21 Solenoid	valve
MB22 Removal unit convey-
ance motor
Lower removal unit 
(B3)
MB31 Film	removing	motor
PB31 Suction pump
SVB31 Solenoid	valve
MB32 Removal unit convey-
ance motor
Conveyor unit (D)
MD1 Film conveyance motor
MD2 Conveyor unit exit roller 
gripping	release	motor
SOLD1 Stopper	solenoid
Sub-scanning	unit	
(E) ME1 Sub-scanning	motor
Heat	development	
unit (G) MG1 Heat	development	unit	
conveyance motor
Film	release	unit	(J) MJ1 Film release unit con-
veyance motor
Sorter (T)
SOLT1 1st	bin	film	release	so-
lenoid
SOLT2 2nd	bin	film	release	
solenoid
SOLT3 3rd	bin	film	release	
solenoid
Scanner LDD LDD	board
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MD-50
MD-50006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
4.4	 Functions	of	Boards
4.4.1	 MTH24A	Board
<REMARKS>
This	board	is	mounted	on	the	max	2-tray	model	only.
n Outline
The	MTH24A	board	performs	overall	control	of	the	equipment,	network	input,	and	
image	processing.
n Main Functions
l CPU
Celeron	1.2GHz	(FC-PGA2:	FSB=100MHz)
l LAN
10/100BASE,	with	Link/Speed	LED
l	IDE-I/F	(HDD	I/F)
ATA	100	compatible
l DIMM
168	pin,	3.3V	Unbuffered	DIMM,	Non-ECC,	SPD,	PC133/PC100	compatible
Maximum	capacity:	512	MB
Slots:	2
l	SIO-I/F	(Touch	Panel	I/F)
Out	of	2	ch,	1	is	occupied
l	CRT-I/F	(LCD	I/F)
Analog	RGB,	Display	mode:	Resolution	640	x	480
l	PCI-I/F
PCI2.2	compatible,	4	slots	(of	which,	2	slots	are	for	the	PRN	board	and	MCT	board)
l	USB	(Log	Strage,	Image	Strage,	Software	Version	Up)
Out	of4	ch,	1	is	occupied
USB1.1	compatible
l	Lithium	Battery
For	RTC	and	backup	RAM	(CR14250SE)
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MD-51
MD-51006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
4.4.2	 MTH31A	board
<REMARKS>
This	board	is	mounted	on	the	max	3-tray	model	only.
n	Overview
The	MTH31A	board	performs	overall	control	of	equipment,	network	input,	and	image	
processing.
FPCD0415.ai
DDR2 533/667
DDR2 533/667
DDR2 533/667
DDR2 533/667
4 SATA2 Ports
1 ATA 100 Ports GbE-LAN:
Intel 82573L
PCIe x1
Edge Connector
PCI1~2
Edge Connector
LPC Bus
Intel 945G
GMCH
Intel LGA775
Core 2Duo/
Pentium 4Processor
ICH7
PCle x 16 slot
(VGA card or SDVO card)
CRT
Audio Codec
ALC888
Super IO
Winbond
W83627EHG-A
BIOS
8 USB Ports
n Main Functions
l CPU
Celeron D 2.2 GHz
l LAN
1	Gbit	Ethernet	1	ch
l	HDD	I/F
Serial	ATA	3	Gb/s;	1	of	4	ch	used
l DIMM
240pin	Unbuffered	non-ECC	667/533	MHz	DDR2
Max	capacity:	4	GB
1	of	4	slots	used	(1	GB)
l	SIO-I/F	(Touch	Panel	I/F)
1	of	2	ch	used
l	CRT-I/F	(LCD	I/F)
Analog	RGB,	Display	mode:	Resolution	640	x	480
l	PCI-I/F
PCI	2.2	compatible,	2	slots
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MD-52
MD-52006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
4.4.3	 PRN	Board
n Outline
The	PRN	board	converts	image	data	stored	in	the	main	memory	on	the	MTH	board	
from	digital	to	analog	via	the	following	blocks,	and	sends	analog	image	data	to	the	
scanner	unit	using	the	coaxial	cable.
n Main Functions
(1)	 LBC	block
Performs	DMA	transfer	of	image	data	via	the	PCI	bus,	and	controls	transfer	to	the	
frame memory.
(2)	 CTG	block
Performs	image	data	transfer	from	the	frame	memory	to	line	memory,	and	
controls	transfer	to	the	DAC	based	on	the	start-point/leading	edge	detection	
signal.
(3)	 DAC	block
Converts	image	data	from	the	line	memory	from	digital	to	analog,	and	controls	
the	laser	light	power.
(4)	 Start-point/leading	edge	detection	signal
Takes	in	film	leading	edge	detection	sensor	(SE1)	outputs,	and	generates	output	
timing	to	the	exposure	area.	To	accurately	obtain	start-points	in	the	scanning	
direction,	a	PLL	synthesizer	is	mounted.
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MD-53
MD-53006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
4.4.4	 MCT	Board
n Outline
The	MCT	board	performs	mechanical/heat	development	control.	Connected	to	the	PCI	
bus	of	the	MTH	board.	Has	an	interface	with	the	SND	board	which	controls/drives	the	
actuator.
n Main Functions
l	Power	ON	Reset	IC
Generates	reset	signals	when	the	power	is	turned	ON.
l	Hardware	Reset	Switch
Generates	the	same	reset	signals	as	power	ON	reset.
l	Self-reset	Circuit
Generates	reset	signals	by	reset	sequence	access.
l CPU
SH3:	7709A	(133MHz)
l	Main	Memory
8M	word	SDRAM	(32	bit	width),	33.3	MHz	access	with	SH3.
l	Boot	Program	Memory
Flash	memory	mounting	OS	VxWorks	and	device	driver	software,	etc.	Can	read/write	
by	sector.	512k	word.
l	Application ROM
Flash	memory	storing	printer	application	software.	Application	software	is	deployed	
and	operated	on	the	main	memory	(SDRAM).	Can	read/write	by	sector.	1M	word.
l	FPGA
Bus	error	monitoring,	decoding,	bus	control,	self-reset	register,	LED,	version	register,	
software	SW	lead,	SND	board	I/F,	2-port	memory	(256B	x	2)	function.
l	RS232C
Connected	to	PC	for	debugging.
l	PCI	Interface
Performs communication with the formatter software. PCI connection in the FPGA. 
Performs	communication	between	SH3	and	MTH	board	via	the	2-port	memory	in	the	
FPGA.
l	SND	Board	Interface
Accesses	the	address/data	8bit	multiplexer	via	the	FPGA.
In	data	reading	from	the	SND	board,	takes	in	data	when	confirmed	as	the	same	data	
sent	continuously	twice.	Bus	error	results	when	access	is	delayed	because	data	
cannot	be	confirmed.	
l	Heater
Performs	ON/OFF	control	of	the	heater.	Mounts	the	LED	for	checking	operations.
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MD-54
MD-54006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
4.4.5	 SND24A/SND31A	Board
<REMARKS>
The	SND24A	board	is	mounted	on	the	max	2-tray	model,	and	the	SND31A	board	is	
mounted	on	the	max	3-tray	model	respectively.
n Outline
The	SND24A/SND31A	board	performs	I/O	control	of	the	equipment	by	controlling	the	
MCT	board.
Control	signals	from	the	MCT	board	are	accessed	by	the	address/data	8bit	multiplexer	
via the FPGA.
Barcode reader 
Interlock switch 
Heat development unit thermistor 
Film cooling section thermistor 
Recording section thermistor 
Density measurement PD 
Reflection type sensor 
Film edge sensor 
MCT 
board 
+5V 
+12V 
-12V 
SND24A/SND31A board (1/2)
5 mm GAP sensor 
FPCD0403.AI 
FPGA 
Sensor input I/F 
Counter 
AD converter 
Serial communication
control
Reflection type sensor LED 
individual ON/OFF control 
Interlock 
circuit Photocoupler 
MCT log storage 
memory 
Fuse 
disconnection 
detection 
Photocoupler 
Power 
supply 
+24V 
+24V 
ITRLK 
 
Status lamp 
LED (Operation panel)
Operation panel 
Pump 
Fan 
Solenoid valve 
Polygon motor 
Solenoid 
Pulse motor 
MCT 
board 
+5V 
+12V 
-12V 
SND24A/SND31A board (2/2)
FPCD0404.AI 
FPGA 
Solenoid drive 
Polygon motor 
drive 
Solenoid valve 
drive 
Pump drive 
Operation panel VGA 
thin-out display 
specification 
Pulse motor 
drive 
Pulse motor 
control 
Fan drive Voltage 
control Power 
supply 
+24V 
+24V 
ITRLK 
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MD-55
MD-55006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
n Main Functions
l	Sensor	I/F
	Sensor	input
•	 PI	5	mm	GAP	type .................................................x 10
•	 PI	reflection	type ....................................................x 13
•	 Interlock	state	detection .........................................x 6
•	 Fuse	disconnection	detection ................................x 8
•	 Film	edge	sensor ...................................................x 1
	A/D	conversion
•	 Thermistor .............................................................x 8
•	 Density	measurement	photo	diode ........................x 1
	Sensor	control
•	 LED	lighting	control	
	 (Reflection	type,	film	edge	sensor) ........................x 14
•	 Density	measurement	LED	lighting	control ...........x 1
	Barcode	reader
•	 RS-232C ................................................................x 2
l	Drive	I/F
	Control
•	 2-phase	pulse	motor	control ..................................x 8
•	 5-phase	pulse	motor	control ..................................x 1
•	 Solenoid	control .....................................................x	6	(Power	down	is	2)
•	 Polygon	motor	control ............................................x 1
•	 Solenoid	valve	control ...........................................x 2
•	 Pump	control .........................................................x 2
•	 Cooling	fan	control .................................................x	3	(Voltage	control	6-steps)
	Drive
•	 2-phase	pulse	motor	drive .....................................x 8
•	 Solenoid	drive ........................................................x	6	(Power	down	is	2)
•	 Polygon	motor	drive ...............................................x 1
•	 Solenoid	valve	drive ..............................................x 2
•	 Pump	drive ............................................................x 2
•	 Cooling	fan	drive ....................................................x	3	(Voltage	control	6-steps)
l	Interlock
 Relay
•	 Cover .....................................................................x 4
•	 Tray ........................................................................x 2
l	Operation	Panel	I/F
 Status lamp
•	 LED	ON/OFF	control .............................................x 4
	LCD	control
•	 LCD	ON/OFF	control
•	 Backlight	ON/OFF	control
•	 QVGA	display	position	control
l	MCT	I/F
	Bus	control
Accesses	address/data	by	8bit	multiplexer.
Takes	in	address/data	when	confirmed	as	the	same	address/data	sent	
continuously twice. 
l	Log/Voltage	Setting	Storage
	Nonvolatile	memory
Saves	logs	for	analysis	and	input	AC	voltage	information	for	heat	development	
control.
Capacity:	256Kbit,	Used	device:	Serial	EEPROM
l	Others
	For	Analysis
•	 Fuse	disconnection	detection	circuit
•	 Sensor/actuator	state	display	7-segment	LED
•	 Board	version	informationis	controlled	by	the	difference	of	pullup/down	
resistance inplementation
•	 Switching	jumper	for	BCR	loop	back	test
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MD-56
MD-56006-267-11E
06.30.2011 FM5886
4.4.6	 SND31B	Board
<REMARKS>
This	board	is	mounted	on	the	max	3-tray	model	only.
n	Overview
The	SND31B	board	controls	the	I/O	of	tray	3	via	the	MCT	board.	Control	from	the	
MCT	board	is	performed	via	FPGA.
The	SND31B	board	is	connected	between	the	MCT16A2	board	and	SND31A	board.
Barcode reader
Interlock switch
Reflection type 
sensor
MCT16A2
 board
+5V
+3.3V
SND31B board
5 mm GAP 
sensor
FPCD0411.ai
FPGA
Sensor input I/F
Serial communi-
cation control
Reflection type
sensor LED
individual ON/OFF
control
Interlock
circuit
Photocoupler
SND31A
board
Fuse
individual 
ON/OFF
detection
Photocoupler
Power
supply
+24V
+24V
ITRLK
Pump
Solenoid valve
Solenoid
Pulse motor
Solenoid drive
Solenoid valve
drive
Pump drive
Pulse motor
drive
Pulse motor
control
Local bus relay control
n Main functions
l	Sensor	I/F
	Sensor	input
•	 PI	5	mm	GAP .........................................................x 4
•	 PI	reflection	type ....................................................x 1
•	 Interlock	state	detection .........................................x 1
•	 Fuse	disconnection	detection ................................x 2
	Sensor	control
•	 LED	lighting	control	(Reflection	type) ....................x 1
	Barcode	reader
•	 RS-232C ................................................................x 1
l	Drive	I/F
	Control
•	 2-phase	pulse	motor	control ..................................x 2
•	 Solenoid	control .....................................................x 1
•	 Solenoid	valve	control ...........................................x 1
•	 Pump	control .........................................................x 1
	Drive
•	 2-phase	pulse	motor	drive .....................................x 2
•	 Solenoid	drive ........................................................x 1
•	 Solenoid	valve	drive ..............................................x 1
•	 Pump	drive ............................................................x 1
l	Interlock
 Relay
•	 Cover .....................................................................x 1
•	 Tray ........................................................................x 1
l	Bus	control
	Local	bus	relay	control
This	has	functions	to	connect	the	MCT16A2	board's	CPU	local	bus	to	the	
SND31A	board	and	perform	relay	control	via	the	SND31B	board.
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MD-57
MD-57006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
4.4.7	 HTD	Board
n Outline
The	HTD	board	controls	the	heater	of	the	heat	development	unit	by	control	of	the	MCT	
board.
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MD-58
MD-58006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
4.4.8	 PNL	Board
n Outline
The	PNL	board	is	a	user	operation	board	installed	on	the	operation	panel.
Panel	displays	are	controlled	by	the	MTH	board	and	SND	board.
n Main Functions
l LCD Display
 LCD
•	 Color	4.7	inch	STN	LCD
•	 Display	resolution	320	(W)	x	240	(H)	dots	(QVGA)
•	 Built-in	inverter	drive	backlight	and	inverter
	Control	board
•	 Display	color:	64	colors
•	 Backlight:	ON/OFF	control
•	 Contrast:	Adjustable	by	external	VR	
•	 I/F:	Analog	RGB
•	 Video	input:	640	x	480	(VGA)
•	 Image	display:	VGA	1/4	display,	position	selectable
	VR	board
•	 Slide	VR	for	contrast	adjustment	(Phase	control	SW)
l Touch Panel
 Touch panel
•	 Type:	Analog	resistance	film	touch	panel
•	 I/F:	RS-232C
l	Error	Detection
	Buzzer
•	 Film	empty/error	notified	by	buzzer
•	 Reference	frequency:	2400	Hz
l Equipment State Display
 LED
Displays	equipment	state	by	lighting/blinking.
•	 Power	lamp	(Green)	 	 :	Indicates	that	AC	power	is	supplied	
•	 Power	save	lamp	(Green)	 :	Indicates	the	power	down	mode/sleep	mode
•	 Status	lamp	(Green/orange)	 :	Indicates	ready/utility/film	empty/error
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MD-59
MD-59006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
4.4.9	 Power	Supply	Unit
n	Outline	of	Power	Supply	Specifications
l Input AC voltage
100	-	120	VAC	±10%/12	A
200	-	240	VAC	±10%/6	A
l Output DC voltage
	Max	2-tray	model
•	 +5	VS	±4%/0.2	A	 :	Standby	power	supply
•	 +5	V	±4%/6.0	A	 :	Whole	control	board
•	 +3.3	V	±4%/3.2	A	 :	Whole	control	board
•	 ±12	V	±4%/0.3	A	 :	Analog	power	supply	(Image	output,	thermistor,	density	
measurement)
•	 +12	VD	±4%/3.5	A	 :	Drive	power	supply	(HDD,	backlight,	cooling	fan)
•	 +24	V	±4%/5.0	A	 :	Drive	power	supply	(Motor,	solenoid,	pump,	etc.)
	Max	3-tray	model
•	 +5	VS	±5%/0.5	A	 :	Standby	power	supply
•	 +5	V	±5/10.0	A	 :	Whole	control	board
•	 +3.3	V	±5%/4.0	A	 :	Whole	control	board
•	 ±12	V	±5%/0.5	A	 :	Analog	power	supply	(Image	output,	thermistor,	density	
measurement)
•	 +12	VD	±5%/3.0	A	 :	Drive	power	supply	(HDD,	backlight,	cooling	fan)
•	 +24	V	±5%/5.0	A	 :	Drive	power	supply	(Motor,	solenoid,	pump,	etc.)
<REMARKS>
Only	+5	VS	is	output	for	the	MTH	board	and	operation	panel	when	the	main	
power	switch	is	turned	ON.
l Output AC voltage
100	-	120	VAC	±10%
200	-	240	VAC	±10%
<REMARKS>
For	the	output	AC	voltage,	the	input	AC	power	is	output	via	the	HTD	board	for	the	
heat	development	heater.
l Input	frequency
50	-	60	Hz	±3	Hz
l Input capacity
1.5 kVA or less
l Current	leakage
0.2 mA or less
n Main Functions
l +5	V	power	supply	monitor
Output	of	the	+5	VS	power	is	started	when	the	main	power	switch	is	turned	ON,	
and	the	POK	signal	(DC	5	V)	is	output	to	200	to	500	ms	after	the	+5	V	power	is	
turned	ON	by	control	of	the	power	SW	controller.	(For	MTH	board)
l Power	SW	controller
STARTRQ:	Logic	LOW	level	(ground)	start	request	signal
START:	Logic	LOW	level	start	signal	within	signal	pulse	width	3	seconds	(For	
MTH	board)
PS-ON:	By	receiving	the	logic	LOW	level	or	ground	level	power	supply	ON	
request	signal,	outputs	power	supply	voltage	other	than	+5	VS	(+5	V,	±12	V,		
+12	VD,	+24	V,	+3.3	V).
l Laser	protection	interlock
Turns	ON/OFF	the	±12VITRLK	at	the	mechanical	relay	2	contact	for	one	line	by	
the	24VITRLK	signal	input	via	the	interlock	switch	from	+24	V.
±12VITRLK	can	be	output	only	when	+24	V	is	supplied	between	24VITRLK	and	
GND.
The	±12	V	output	of	the	laser	power	supply	is	interlock	controlled	by	relay.
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MD-60
MD-60006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
5. MECHANICAL CONTROL FLOW
<REMARKS>
The	description	in	this	section	applies	to	the	max	2-tray	model.
5.1	 Reading	the	Mechanical	Control	Flow
<NOTE>
To	improve	the	performance	of	equipments,	the	contents	of	mechanical	control	
flow	shown	below	may	vary	in	detail,	such	as	process	flow	contents,	latency,	or	
operation	time,	depending	on	software	version.
Therefore,	time	details	such	as	latency	are	omitted	here.
n Meaning of Symbols
n	ON/OFF	Notation
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MD-61
MD-61006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
5.2	 Initialization	Flow
n	General	Flow
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MD-62
MD-62006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
5.2.1	 Upper/Lower	Removal	Unit	Initialization
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MD-63
MD-63006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
5.2.2	 Conveyor	Unit	Exit	Grip	Roller	Initialization
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MD-64
MD-64006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
5.2.3	 Conveyor	Unit	Stopper	Initialization 5.2.4	 Remaining	Film	Discharge
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MD-65
MD-65006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MD-66
MD-66006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MD-67
MD-67006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
5.3	 Normal	Processing
n	General	Flow
5.3.1	 Film	Removal
n	Tray	Check
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MD-68
MD-68006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
n	Film	Surface	Detection n Film Suction
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MD-69
MD-69006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
n	Flapping	Operation
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MD-70
MD-70006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
n Film Release n	Prefeed
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MD-71
MD-71006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
n	Return	to	Suction	Cup	Arm	HP
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MD-72
MD-72006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
5.3.2	 Conveyance
nConveyance	Operation
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MD-73
MD-73006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
5.3.3	 Sub-scanning	Unit
n	Recording	Conveyance
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MD-74
MD-74006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
5.3.4	 Heat	Development	Unit
n Conveyance of the Heat Development Unit
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MD-75
MD-75006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
5.3.5	 Film	Release	Unit
n Conveyance of the Film Release Unit
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MD-76
MD-76006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
6. TIME CHART
<REMARKS>
The	description	in	this	section	applies	to	the	max	2-tray	model.
6.1	 Removal	Unit	Time	Chart
Suction cup arm upper 
dead-point detection 
sensor (SB13/SB23) 
Suction cup arm HP 
detection sensor 
(SB11/SB21) 
Film surface detection 
sensor (SB12/SB22) 
Film removing motor 
(MB11/MB21) 
Removal unit conveyance 
motor (MB12/MB22) 
Suction pump 
(PB11/PB21) 
Heat development unit 
conveyance motor 
(MG1) 
Solenoid valve 
(SVB11/SVB21) 
Conveyor unit entrance 
sensor (SD1) 
SD1-LED 
Close 
Open 
Close 
Open 
Open 
CW 
ON 
OFF 
ON 
OFF 
Close 
Open 
ON 
OFF
Close 
* Tray, shutter verification at start of removal 
Upper 
dead-point 
detection 
Suction position 
Surface 
detection 
Upper dead-point detection error 
(tB004out) 
Surface detection 
error 
(tB002out) 
Suction error 
(tB003out) 
Upper dead-point error 
(tB001out) 
HP detection error 
(tB005out) 
Removal HP 
return error 
(tB008out) 
Pump OFF 
Solenoid valve ON Solenoid valve OFF 
Removal HP deviation error 
(tB007out) 
tB001 
Drive during removal 
from idling 
Pump ON 
tB002 tB003 
tB004 tB005 tB006 tB007 tB008 tB009 tB010 
tB011 
tB012 tB013 
tB014 
tB015 
Silencer drive 
(1 pulse) 
Removal HP 
deviation 
Removal HP 
return Silencer drive 
(1 pulse) 3 1 5 4 2 
Suction 
Film flapping 
upper dead-point Film flapping 
start delay 
Removal start signal Conveyance start signal standby : Error detection by timeout
Removal unit jam 
(tB006out) 
 
FPCD0601.AI
CW 
CCW 
CCW 
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MD-77
MD-77006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
6.2	 Conveyor	Unit	Time	Chart
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MD-78
MD-78006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
6.3	 Sub-Scanning	Unit	Time	Chart
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MD-79
MD-79006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
6.4	 Heat	Development	Unit	Time	Chart
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MD-80
MD-80006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
6.5	 Film	Release	Unit	Time	Chart
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MD-81
MD-81006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
7. PRINTING FORMATS
This	chapter	describes	printing	formats	such	as	format	names,	standard	formats,	and	
mixed	formats.
7.1	 Reading	the	Format	Name
In	“STANDARD\c,	r”,	c	and	r	indicate	the	following	values.
c	(Column)	 :	No.	of	frames	in	the	horizontal	direction
r	(Row)	 :	No.	of	frames	in	the	vertical	direction
For	example,	they	are	as	shown	in	the	following	for	“STANDARD\3,	4”.
 
7.2	 Standard	Formats
This	equipment	supports	the	following	standard	formats	for	all	film	sizes.
No.	of	frames/film:	1,	2,	3,	4,	6,	8,	9,	12,	15,	16,	18,	20,	24,	25,	28,	30,	32,	35,	36,	40,	
42,	48,	49,	54,	56,	63,	64,	70,	72,	80
Portrait Landscape
STANDARD\1,1 STANDARD\5,5 STANDARD\1,1 STANDARD\6,6
STANDARD\1,2 STANDARD\5,6 STANDARD\1,2 STANDARD\7,4
STANDARD\1,3 STANDARD\5,7 STANDARD\2,1 STANDARD\7,5
STANDARD\2,1 STANDARD\5,8 STANDARD\2,2 STANDARD\7,6
STANDARD\2,2 STANDARD\6,6 STANDARD\3,1 STANDARD\7,7
STANDARD\2,3 STANDARD\6,7 STANDARD\3,2 STANDARD\8,4
STANDARD\2,4 STANDARD\6,8 STANDARD\3,3 STANDARD\8,5
STANDARD\3,3 STANDARD\6,9 STANDARD\4,2 STANDARD\8,6
STANDARD\3,4 STANDARD\6,10 STANDARD\4,3 STANDARD\8,7
STANDARD\3,5 STANDARD\7,7 STANDARD\4,4 STANDARD\8,8
STANDARD\3,6 STANDARD\7,8 STANDARD\5,3 STANDARD\9,6
STANDARD\4,4 STANDARD\7,9 STANDARD\5,4 STANDARD\9,7
STANDARD\4,5 STANDARD\7,10 STANDARD\5,5 STANDARD\9,8
STANDARD\4,6 STANDARD\8,8 STANDARD\6,3 STANDARD\10,6
STANDARD\4,7 STANDARD\8,9 STANDARD\6,4 STANDARD\10,7
STANDARD\4,8 STANDARD\8,10 STANDARD\6,5 STANDARD\10,8
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MD-82
MD-82006-267-15E
05.07.2014 FM9243
7.3	 Mixed	Formats
The	following	shows	the	frame	layout	of	the	mixed	formats	of	each	film	size	supported	
by	this	equipment.
l	14”	x	17”	(35	cm	x	43	cm)	PORTRAIT	MIXED	FORMAT
 
l	10”	x	14”	(26	cm	x	36	cm)	PORTRAIT	MIXED	FORMAT
 
l	10”	x	14”	(26	cm	x	36	cm)	LANDSCAPE	MIXED	FORMAT
 
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MD-83
MD-83006-267-14E
03.20.2014 FM9229
l	11”	x	14”	(28	cm	x	35	cm)	PORTRAIT	MIXED	FORMAT
2 4 
1 
3 
5 7 6 
ROW\1,3,3 
BPM1 
FPCD10.AI
l	11”	x	14”	(28	cm	x	35	cm)	LANDSCAPE	MIXED	FORMAT
1 2 
4 5 
1 2 
4 5 
7 8 
4 5 6 
10 9 
3 
2 3 1 
3 
9 10 
5 6 
2 3 4 
8 7 
1 
ROW\2,3 ROW\3,2 ROW\2,4,4
ROW\4,4,2
BLM3BLM2BLM1
BLM4 FPCD0711.AI
l	10”	x	12”	(25	cm	x	30	cm)	PORTRAIT	MIXED	FORMAT
 
l	10”	x	12”	(25	cm	x	30	cm)	LANDSCAPE	MIXED	FORMAT
 
l	8”	x	10”	(20	cm	x	25	cm)	PORTRAIT	MIXED	FORMAT
 
l	8”	x	10”	(20	cm	x	25	cm)	LANDSCAPE	MIXED	FORMAT
 
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual006-267-11E
06.30.2011 FM5886
DRYPIX 4000 SERVICE MANUAL
TROUBLESHOOTING (MT)
 02.28.2005 00 New release (FM4426 (1)) All pages
 04.25.2005 02 Revised (FM4589) All pages
 02.28.2006 03 Revised (FM4704) 2, 6, 25-27, 39, 39.1, 39.2, 40, 
 62-66, 81-111
 03.31.2008 07 Revised (Revision for main unit software version 1, 12-52, 52.1, 52.2, 81-219
 V3.3, DI Tool version V3.1, etc.) (FM5333)
 07.31.2008 08 Revised (Revision for main unit software version 53-80, 80.1-80.4, 216
 V3.5, DI Tool version V3.2, etc.) (FM5406)
 01.31.2011 10 Revised (FM5778) 11-231
 06.30.2011 11 Revised (FM5886) 11, 56-231
CONTROL SHEET
Revision Number Reason Pages AffectedIssue Date
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MT-1
MT-1006-267-07E
03.31.2008 FM5333
1. TROUBLESHOOTING METHOD
When malfunctions occur in the equipment, analyze them from error codes, abnormal
image, and abnormal operation and perform the required corrections.
n Troubleshooting Methods
The following three troubleshooting methods are available.
 Troubleshooting from Error Codes
When an error code is displayed on the screen, analyze the malfunction from that 
error code.
When no error codes are displayed, the malfunction can be analyzed if an error 
message is logged in the error log.
When analyzing malfunctions from error codes, refer to “2. ERROR CODE” and “3. 
ERROR CODE ANALYSIS FLOW”.
 {MT:2_ERROR CODE}
 {MT:3_ERROR CODE ANALYSIS FLOW}
 Troubleshooting from Abnormal Images
When analyzing malfunctions from abnormal images, refer to “4. ABNORMAL 
IMAGES”.
 {MT:4_ABNORMAL IMAGES}
 Troubleshooting from Abnormal Operations
When analyzing malfunctions from abnormal operations, refer to “5. ABNORMAL 
OPERATIONS”.
 {MT:5_ABNORMAL OPERATIONS}
When checking the unit in troubleshooting, refer also to “7. CHECKING PROCEDURE 
FOR I/O PARTS”, “8. TROUBLESHOOTING REFERENCE”, and “SERVICE PARTS 
LIST, 14. CIRCUIT DIAGRAM”.
 {MT:7_CHECKING PROCEDURE FOR I/O PARTS}
 {MT:8_TROUBLESHOOTING REFERENCE}
 {SP:14_CIRCUIT DIAGRAM}
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MT-2
MT-2006-267-03
02.28.2006 FM4704
2. ERROR CODE
2.1 Checking Error Codes
n Display Example
 
n Checking Error Logs
The following describes how to check error logs.
1. Start the M-Utility.
2. [System Management] → [Log Files] → [Display Error Log]
→ The following error log display appears.
 
3. For details on error codes, refer to “2.3 Error Code Table” for the 
meaning of the error which has occurred, suspected cause, and 
remedy.
 When analyzing an error code, also refer to the detailed code provided.
 To differentiate the place of error (printer or formatter), look up 
the name displayed under “Source” on the error log display in the 
following table.
Source Error Type Place of Error
FLH Film conveyance related error
Printer error
MFC Data setting/system related error
DEN Internal densitometer related error
DEV Temperature control system related 
error
POL Polygon motor control related error
PNL Panel control related error
ESN Film edge sensor relatederror
DICOM DICOM error
Formatter error
Spooler Spooler error
ImgPrc Image processing error
Output Output control error
GUI Operation error
JobMake Test pattern generation error
Main MAIN control error
Decode Decoder error
PCUTL File transfer error
(Using the PC Tool in normal state)
Satelite
File transfer error
(Using the PC Tool during initializa-
tion error)
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MT-3
MT-3006-267-02
04.25.2005 FM4589
2.2 Format of Detailed Information
Perform this check only for analyzing error codes of the printer.
In	the	usual	troubleshooting,	find	the	corresponding	error	code	from	the	error	code	
tables, and refer to the suspected causes and remedy methods indicated to resolve 
the problem.
However if the problem persists, or to investigate the problem in further detail, check 
the following detailed information to analyze the problem.
n Checking Detailed Information of Error Codes
1. Check the corresponding error code and its detailed information at 
the error message display, or at [Display Error Log] of the M-Utility.
2. Check the detailed information format number at “2.3 Error Code 
Table” and refer to the corresponding format.
3. Find the format information from the 4-digit detailed information, and 
analyze the problem.
2.2.1 FLH Related (Conveyance) Errors Detailed Information
n 2-A (Sensor Related Errors)
Errors occurring in initialization self-diagnosis, removal, recording, constant 
monitoring, etc. (Including mechanism, etc.)
Convert the hexadecimal 4-digit code to binary, compare the bit maps, and investigate
the input state corresponding to each bit.
1=ON (Close), 0=OFF (Open)
 2-A-1 (Conveyance Related Information (Type S1))
Displays states of sensors (0/1) when an error occurs.
 2-A-2 (Conveyance Related Information (Type S2))
Displays states of sensors (0/1) when an error occurs.
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MT-4
MT-4006-267-02
04.25.2005 FM4589
 2-A-4 (Conveyance Related Information (Type S4))
Displays states of sensors (0/1) when an error occurs.
 2-A-5 (Electric Related Information (Type E))
Displays states of sensors (0/1) when an error occurs.
n 2-B (File I/O Error)
 2-B-1 (Type F)
Error	which	occurs	when	a	file	could	not	be	accessed	properly.	Displays	the	number	
of	the	file	causing	the	error	and	the	causes.
 File number
201:	Conveyance	timer	file	(For	mechanism)
202:	Conveyance	timer	file	(For	size)
203:	Conveyance	timer	file	(For	M-Utility)
204:	Conveyance	counter	file
205:	PM	control	parameter	file	(For	mechanism)
206:	PM	control	parameter	file	(For	size)
207:	PM	control	parameter	file	(For	M-Utility)
208:	Timer	file	for	PM	time	monitoring
Causes
1: Open error
2: Read error
3: Write error
4: Conversion error
5:	Line	specification	error
6:	Column	specification	error
7:	Size	specification	error
8:	External	file	data	error
A: Data range error (Detected by application)
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MT-5
MT-5006-267-02
04.25.2005 FM4589
n 2-E (M-Utility Operation Error)
 2-E-1 (Type U)
Displays the M-Utility command number and parameter of errors which occur when 
the	removal	operation	of	the	M-Utility	was	not	executed	as	specified.
 M-Utility command number
08: Unit Operation .................................................................... (1)
10: Grip (Action:MD2 only) ....................................................... (2)
 Parameter number
When (1)
0: Home Positioning
1: Film Surface
2: Film Suction
3: Upper Limit
4: Film Fanning
5: Film Release
6: Film Convey
7: Removing
When (2)
0: Home Positioning
3: Grip
n 2-F (For Error Analysis)
 2-F-1
Error occurring during barcode reading. Displays the conveyance parameter number 
and status when the error occurred.
 Conveyance parameter number
Barcode	read	delay	timer	value	defined	for	conveyance	timer	file	(for	mechanism)
 Status
0: Normally read
1: No data/reading error
2:	Timeout	(After	reading,	read	from	application	after	specified	time)
3: Barcode reader is not connected
<NOTE>
After removing the film pack, the barcode is read again. If affixed, it will be read 
normally, so detailed code “0900” will be acquired.
 2-F-2
Displays	the	specified	bin	and	output	bin	when	the	error	occurred	in	sorter	malfunction.
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MT-6
MT-6006-267-03
02.28.2006 FM4704
 2-F-4
Displays the temperature when an error occurs in subscanning speed correction 
calculation. (unit: 1°C)
However,	if	the	temperature	is	minus	(-1	to	-99	°C),	“F”	will	be	displayed	at	the	first	
digit.
2.2.2 MFC Related (Data Setting/System Related) Errors 
Detailed Information
n 3-A (File Transfer/Creation Error)
Displays	errors	which	occur	while	transferring	files	or	creating	files.	Displays	the	file	
number with the error.
3000:	IOT	data	file
3010:	ISC	log	file
3020:	Nonvolatile	memory	IOT	data	file
3030:	Nonvolatile	memory	ISC	log	file
3040:	Nonvolatile	memory	data	file
30A0:	ROM	image	file	(PRT	load	module)
30B0: OS File (OS load module)
30C0:	Installer	file	(Installer	load	module)
9030:	Temperature	data	file
5010:	Density	measurement	data	file
A000:	Edge	sensor	data	file
A010:	Edge	sensor	monitoring	data	file
A020:	Edge	sensor	average	value	data	file
A030:	Nonvolatile	memory	edge	sensor	data	file
n 3-B (File Write Error)
Displays error occurring while writing in the FLASH ROM. Displays the type of error 
which occurred and installation method.
 Type of error
1: Writing size error
2: Installation method error
3: Erase error
 Installation method
0: PRT application
1: OS
2: Installer
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MT-7
MT-7006-267-02
04.25.2005 FM4589
n 3-C (General Error Details)
Displayed when no detailed information.
n 3-D (SIO Communication Error)
Error which occurs during SIO communication test. Displays the type of port causing 
the	error	and	film	tray	number.
 Type of port
2: Barcode reader port
 Tray number
1: Tray 1
2: Tray 2
n 3-E (Nonvolatile Memory Error)
Error of nonvolatile memory READ/WRITE. Displays whether error has occurred in the 
past and details of the error.
 Whether error has occurred in the past
0: Error has not occurred in the past
1: Error has occurred in the past
 Error details
1: H/W access error
2: H/W busy check timeout
3: H/W status check timeout
4: Parameter error
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MT-8
MT-8006-267-02
04.25.2005 FM4589
2.2.3 DEN Related (Internal Densitometer) Errors Detailed 
Information
n 4-A (File I/O Error)
Error	which	occurs	when	a	file	could	not	be	accessed	properly.	Displays	the	causes.
n 4-B (Insufficient Effective Density Measurement)
Displays the effective data acquired by AD data analysis in decimal 4-digits when the 
number of effective AD data measured by the density measurement section is less 
than the minimum number of effective data (NOTE).
NOTE: The number of effective data is 90% of the number of data logically measured. 
The number of effective data required for 24-steps pattern is above 5613, that 
for 17-steps pattern is above 4158, and that for QC pattern is above 1300.
2.2.4 ESN Related (Film Edge Sensor Related) Errors 
Detailed Information
n 8-A (File I/O Error)
Error	which	occurs	when	a	file	could	not	be	accessed	properly.	Displays	the	causes.
n 8-B (Outside Range Data)
Displays the error value when the edge sensor data value is abnormal (outside range).
n 8-B (No Acquired Data)
Displays	the	file	number	during	edge	sensor	related	data	file	acquisition	when	the	file	
could not be created due to no data.
 File number
0:	Edge	sensor	data	file
1:	Nonvolatile	memory	edge	sensor	data	file
2:	Edge	sensor	monitoring	data	file
3:	Edge	sensor	average	value	data	file
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MT-9
MT-9006-267-02
04.25.2005 FM4589
2.2.5 DEV Related (Temperature Control Related) Errors 
Detailed Information
n 9-A (Temperature Error)
Displays	the	temperature	when	the	temperature	is	outside	the	specified	range	in	
heater temperature control. (Unit: 1°C)
However, if the temperature is minus (-1 to -99°C), “F” will be displayed at the second 
digit from the left.
n 9-B (HeaterThermistor Disconnection Error)
Error which occurs when the heater thermistor is disconnected. Displays the heater 
number and thermistor temperature (A/D value).
n 9-C (Film Cooling Section, Recording Section Thermistor 
Disconnection Error)
Error	which	occurs	when	the	thermistor	of	the	film	cooling	section	or	recording	section	
is disconnected. Displays the thermistor temperature (A/D value).
n 9-D (File I/O Error)
Error	which	occurs	when	a	file	could	not	be	accessed	properly.	Displays	the	causes.
n 9-E (Heater Control Task Start Error)
Displays the heater number when the heater temperature control task start ends in 
error.
n 9-F (General Error Details)
Displayed when no detailed information.
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MT-10
MT-10006-267-02
04.25.2005 FM4589
n 9-H (Heat Development Control Parameter Value Error)
Displays the causes when heat development control parameter value errors are 
detected.
Code details
 Cause
0001: Target temperature setting error
0003: Heater control TCYC1 value error
1004: A system fan control TCYC2 value error
1005: A system fan control DUTY value: fr1 error
1006: A system fan control DUTY value: fr2 error
1007: A system fan control DUTY value: fr3 error
1008: A system fan control DUTY value: fr4 error
0009: Heater control DUTY value error
000A: Photosensing material correction parameter SBC1 value error
000B: Photosensing material correction parameter KBC value error
000C: TRAY number error at photosensing material correction parameter setting 
000D: Photosensing material correction parameter SBC4 value error
2004: B system fan control TCYC2 value error
2005: B system fan control DUTY value: fr1 error
2006: B system fan control DUTY value: fr2 error
2007: B system fan control DUTY value: fr3 error
2008: B system fan control DUTY value: fr4 error
000E: Voltage DUTY parameter value error
000F: Equipment voltage parameter value error
001F: Language information parameter value error
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MT-11
MT-11006-267-11E
06.30.2011 FM5886
2.3 Error Code Table
Names abbreviated in error code tables are as follows.
Abbreviated Name Formal Name
SND board SND24A board/SND31A board
MTH board MTH24A board/MTH31A board
MCT board MCT16A board
PRN board PRN16A board
PNL board PNL24A board
LDD board LDD16A board
LED board LED15A board
PDD board PDD15A board
HTD board HTD24A board
PRT Printer/print mechanism
FMT Formatter
HDD Hard disk drive
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MT-12
MT-12006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
2.3.1 Printer
n Common error codes for max 2- and max 3-tray models
<REMARKS>
These error codes are common to the max 2-tray model and max 3-tray model.
See	below	for	error	codes	that	only	occur	with	the	3-tray	specification	of	the	max	3-tray	model.
 {■_Error Codes for Max 3-tray Models (3-tray Specification)}
Error
 Code Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy
Detailed 
Information 
Format
Analysis
 Flow
0201 Conveyance system 
file	error
Conveyance system related external 
file	access	error
•	File	read	error
•	File	write	error
•	File	conversion	error
•	File	line	specification	error
•	File	column	specification	error
Incorrect software installation, malfunction of MCT board, inappropriate data, or 
insufficient	data.
1. Re-install the software.
2. Replace the MCT board.
2-B-1 -
0215 Sensor power supply 
fuse disconnection
Disconnection of SND24A/SND31A 
board sensor power fuse
Disconnection of the VCCS sensor power fuse (F5).
1. Using the M-Utility, perform monitoring and mechanism adjustments
2. If the problem persists, replace the fuse.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-5 -
0218
SND24A/SND31A 
board 24V 
disconnection
Disconnection of SND24A/SND31A 
board 24V
F24VP SND24A/SND31A board 24V disconnection. 
1. Using the M-Utility, perform monitoring and mechanism adjustments
2. If the problem persists, check connectors and cables.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-5 -
0219
Film loading unit/
removal unit 
power supply fuse 
disconnection
Disconnection of SND24A/SND31A 
board	film	loading	unit/removal	unit	
power fuse
Disconnection	of	the	F24VA	film	loading	unit/removal	unit	power	fuse	(F7).
1. Using the M-Utility, perform monitoring and mechanism adjustments
2. If the problem persists, replace the fuse.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-5 -
0220 ME1/MG1 power supply 
fuse disconnection
Disconnection of SND24A/SND31A 
board ME1/MG1 power fuse
Disconnection of the F24VB ME1/MG1 power fuse (F9).
1. Using the M-Utility, perform monitoring and mechanism adjustments
2. If the problem persists, replace the fuse.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-5 -
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MT-13
MT-13006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
Error
 Code Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy
Detailed 
Information 
Format
Analysis
 Flow
0221
MB12/MB22 
power supply fuse 
disconnection
Disconnection of SND24A/SND31A 
board MB12/MB22 power fuse
Disconnection of the F24VC MB12/MB22 power fuse (F11).
1. Using the M-Utility, perform monitoring and mechanism adjustments
2. If the problem persists, replace the fuse.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-5 -
0222 MD1/MD2 power supply 
fuse disconnection
Disconnection of SND24A/SND31A 
board MD1/MD2 power fuse
Disconnection of the F24VD MD1/MD2 power fuse (F13).
1. Using the M-Utility, perform monitoring and mechanism adjustments
2. If the problem persists, replace the fuse.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-5 -
0223
SOLD1/MJ1/SOLT1, 
2, 3 power supply fuse 
disconnection
Disconnection of SND24A/SND31A 
board SOLD1/MJ1/SOLT1, 2, 3 power 
fuse
Disconnection of the F24VE SOLD1/MJ1/SOLT1, 2, 3 power fuse (F5).
1. Using the M-Utility, perform monitoring and mechanism adjustments
2. If the problem persists, replace the fuse.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-5 -
0224 Upper tray (tray 1) de-
tection sensor error
Attempted to check the upper tray (tray 
1) open/close state in initialization and 
removal, but failed.
Malfunction of SA12 sensor or malfunction of SA12 port of SND24A/SND31A 
board.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-1 -
0226
Upper tray (tray 1) 
shutter detection sen-
sor error
Attempted to check whether the upper 
tray (tray 1) shutter is present in initiali-
zation and removal, but failed.
Malfunction of SA11 sensor or malfunction of SA11 port of SND24A/SND31A 
board.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-1 -
0228 Lower tray (tray 2) de-
tection sensor error
Attempted to check the lower tray (tray 
2) open/close state in initialization and 
removal, but failed.
Malfunction of SA22 sensor or malfunction of SA22 port of SND24A/SND31A 
board.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-2 -
0230
Lower tray (tray 2) 
shutter detection sen-
sor error
Attempted to check whether the lower 
tray (tray 2) shutter is present in initiali-
zation and removal, but failed.
Malfunction of SA21 sensor or malfunction of SA21 port of SND24A/SND31A 
board.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-2 -
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MT-14
MT-14006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
Error
 Code Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy
DetailedInformation 
Format
Analysis
 Flow
0232 Upper tray (tray 1) lock 
release error
Attempted to open the upper tray (tray 
1), but SA13 did not become OPEN.
Malfunction of the SA13 sensor, or SOLA11 solenoid.
Or malfunction of the SA13 port of the SND24A/SND31A board, or malfunction 
of SOLA11.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-1 {MT:3.1}
0234 Lower tray (tray 2) lock 
release error
Attempted to open the lower tray (tray 
2), but SA23 did not become OPEN.
Malfunction of the SA23 sensor, or SOLA21 solenoid.
Or malfunction of the SA23 port of the SND24A/SND31A board, or malfunction 
of SOLA21.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-2 {MT:3.2}
0237
Upper tray (tray 1) 
removal unit HP 
deviation detection 
error
Attempted to deviate the removal 
arm from HP (home position) in 
initialization, but SB11 does not 
become OPEN.
(Retryover)
Malfunction of SB11 sensor or MB11 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB11 port of the SND24A/SND31A 
board, or malfunction of the MB11 controller.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-1 {MT:3.3}
0239
Upper tray (tray 1) 
removal unit HP return 
detection error
Attempted to return the removal arm to 
HP (home position) in initialization, but 
SB11 does not become CLOSE.
(Retryover)
Malfunction of SB11 sensor or MB11 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB11 port of the SND24A/SND31A 
board, or malfunction of the MB11 controller.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-1 {MT:3.3}
0241
Lower tray (tray 2) 
removal unit HP 
deviation detection 
error
Attempted to deviate the removal 
arm from HP (home position) in 
initialization, but SB21 does not 
become OPEN.
(Retryover)
Malfunction of SB21 sensor or MB21 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB21 port of the SND24A/SND31A 
board, or malfunction of the MB21 controller.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-2 {MT:3.4}
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MT-15
MT-15006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
Error
 Code Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy
Detailed 
Information 
Format
Analysis
 Flow
0243
Lower tray (tray 2) 
removal unit HP return 
detection error
Attempted to return the removal arm to 
HP (home position) in initialization, but 
SB21 does not become CLOSE.
(Retryover)
Malfunction of SB21 sensor or MB21 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB21 port of the SND24A/SND31A 
board, or malfunction of the MB21 controller.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-2 {MT:3.4}
0245 Grip HP detection error
Attempted to set grip roller to HP (home 
position) in initialization, but SD5 does 
not become OPEN.
(Retryover)
Malfunction of the SD5 sensor or MD2 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD5 port of the SND24A/SND31A board, 
or malfunction of the MD2 controller.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-4 {MT:3.5}
0247 Grip detection error
Attempted to set grip roller from HP 
(home position) to gripping position in 
initialization, but SD5 does not become 
CLOSE.
(Retryover)
Malfunction of the SD5 sensor or MD2 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD5 port of the SND24A/SND31A board, 
or malfunction of the MD2 controller.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-4 {MT:3.5}
0249 Stopper plate release 
detection error
Attempted to set stopper plate from 
stop position to release position in 
initialization, but SD4 does not become 
CLOSE.
(Retryover)
Malfunction of the SD4 sensor or SOLD1 solenoid.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD4 port of the SND24A/SND31A board, 
or malfunction of the SOLD1.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensor/solenoid.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-4 {MT:3.6}
0251 Stopper plate detection 
error
Attempted to set stopper plate from 
release position to stop position in 
initialization, but SD4 does not become 
OPEN.
(Retryover)
Malfunction of the SD4 sensor or SOLD1 solenoid.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD4 port of the SND24A/SND31A board, 
or malfunction of the SOLD1.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensor/solenoid.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-4 {MT:3.6}
0253 All	film	trays	not-
mounted error
Error	when	all	film	trays	were	set	as	
unmounted
Set	film	trays	or	check	files.
1.	 Using	the	M-Utility,	check	settings	of	film	used.
2.	 If	no	problem,	check	the	files.
FFFF -
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MT-16
MT-16006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
Error
 Code Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy
Detailed 
Information 
Format
Analysis
 Flow
0255
Upper tray (tray 1) 
film	upper	deadpoint	
detection error
Attempted to lower the removal arm 
from HP (home position) to upper 
deadpoint detection position in 
removal, but SB13 does not become 
OPEN.
(Retryover)
Malfunction of SB13 sensor or MB11 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB13 port of the SND24A/SND31A 
board, or malfunction of the MB11 controller.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-1 {MT:3.7}
0257
Lower tray (tray 2) 
film	upper	deadpoint	
detection error
Attempted to lower the removal arm 
from HP (home position) to upper 
deadpoint detection position in 
removal, but SB23 does not become 
OPEN.
(Retryover)
Malfunction of SB23 sensor or MB21 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB23 port of the SND24A/SND31A 
board, or malfunction of the MB21 controller.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-2 {MT:3.8}
0259 Upper	tray	(tray	1)	film	
surface detection error
Attempted to lower the removal arm 
from upper deadpoint detection 
position to surface detection position 
in removal, but SB12 does not become 
CLOSE.
(Retryover)
Malfunction of the SB12 sensor or MB11 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB12 port of the SND24A/SND31A 
board, or malfunction of the MB11 controller.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-1 {MT:3.9}
0261 Lower	tray	(tray	2)	film	
surface detection error
Attempted to lower the removal arm 
from upper deadpoint detection 
position to surface detection position 
in removal, but SB22does not become 
CLOSE.
(Retryover)
Malfunction of the SB22 sensor or MB21 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB22 port of the SND24A/SND31A 
board, or malfunction of the MB21 controller.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-2 {MT:3.10}
0263 Upper	tray	(tray	1)	film	
suction detection error
Attempted to lower the removal arm 
from surface detection position to 
suction detection position in removal, 
but SB12 does not become OPEN.
(Retryover)
Malfunction of the SB12 sensor or MB11 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB12 port of the SND24A/SND31A 
board, or malfunction of the MB11 controller.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-1 {MT:3.9}
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MT-17
MT-17006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
Error
 Code Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy
Detailed 
Information 
Format
Analysis
 Flow
0265 Lower	tray	(tray	2)	film	
suction detection error
Attempted to lower the removal arm 
from surface detection position to 
suction detection position in removal, 
but SB22 does not become OPEN.
(Retryover)
Malfunction of the SB22 sensor or MB21 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB22 port of the SND24A/SND31A 
board, or malfunction of the MB21 controller.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-2 {MT:3.10}
0267
Upper tray (tray 1) 
film	upper	deadpoint	
detection error
Attempted to rise the removal arm 
from suction detection position to 
upper deadpoint detection position in 
removal, but SB13 does not become 
CLOSE.
(Retryover)
Malfunction of the SB13 sensor or MB11 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB13 port of the SND24A/SND31A 
board, or malfunction of the MB11 controller.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-1 {MT:3.7}
0269
Lower tray (tray 2) 
film	upper	deadpoint	
detection error
Attempted to rise the removal arm 
from suction detection position to 
upper deadpoint detection position in 
removal, but SB23 does not become 
CLOSE.
(Retryover)
Malfunction of the SB23 sensor or MB21 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB23 port of the SND24A/SND31A 
board, or malfunction of the MB21 controller.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-2 {MT:3.8}
0271
Upper tray (tray 1) 
removal unit HP rise 
detection error
Attempted to rise the removal arm from 
upper deadpoint detection position to 
HP (home position) in removal, but 
SB11 does not become CLOSE.
(Retryover)
Malfunction of the SB11 sensor or MB11 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB11 port of the SND24A/SND31A 
board, or malfunction of the MB11 controller.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-1 {MT:3.3}
0273
Lower tray (tray 2) 
removal unit HP rise 
detection error
Attempted to rise the removal arm from 
upper deadpoint detection position to 
HP (home position) in removal, but 
SB21 does not become CLOSE.
(Retryover)
Malfunction of the SB21 sensor or MB21 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB21 port of the SND24A/SND31A 
board, or malfunction of the MB21 controller.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-2 {MT:3.4}
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MT-18
MT-18006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
Error
 Code Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy
Detailed 
Information 
Format
Analysis
 Flow
0275
Upper tray (tray 1) 
removal unit HP 
deviation detection 
error
Attempted to deviate the removal arm 
from HP (home position) after removal 
operation, but SB11 does not become 
OPEN.
(Retryover)
Malfunction of SB11 sensor or MB11 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB11 port of the SND24A/SND31A 
board, or malfunction of the MB11 controller.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-1 {MT:3.3}
0277
Upper tray (tray 1) 
removal unit HP return 
detection error
Attempted to return the removal arm 
to HP (home position) after removal 
operation, but SB11 does not become 
CLOSE.
(Retryover)
Malfunction of SB11 sensor or MB11 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB11 port of the SND24A/SND31A 
board, or malfunction of the MB11 controller.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-1 {MT:3.3}
0279
Lower tray (tray 2) 
removal unit HP 
deviation detection 
error
Attempted to deviate the removal arm 
from HP (home position) after removal 
operation, but SB21 does not become 
OPEN.
(Retryover)
Malfunction of SB21 sensor or MB21 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB21 port of the SND24A/SND31A 
board, or malfunction of the MB21 controller.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-2 {MT:3.4}
0281
Lower tray (tray 2) 
removal unit HP return 
detection error
Attempted to return the removal arm 
to HP (home position) after removal 
operation, but SB21 does not become 
CLOSE.
(Retryover)
Malfunction of SB21 sensor or MB21 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB21 port of the SND24A/SND31A 
board, or malfunction of the MB21 controller.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-2 {MT:3.4}
0285 Grip HP detection error
Attempted to set grip roller to HP (home 
position) while checking the gripping 
operation using M-Utility, but SD5 does 
not become OPEN.
(Retryover)
Malfunction of the SD5 sensor or MD2 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD5 port of the SND24A/SND31A board, 
or malfunction of the MD2 controller.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-4 {MT:3.5}
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MT-19
MT-19006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
Error
 Code Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy
Detailed 
Information 
Format
Analysis
 Flow
0287 Grip detection error
Attempted to set grip roller from HP 
(home position) to gripping position 
while checking the gripping operation 
using M-Utility, but SD5 does not 
become CLOSE.
(Retryover)
Malfunction of the SD5 sensor or MD2 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD5 port of the SND24A/SND31A board, 
or malfunction of the MD2 controller.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-4{MT:3.5}
02C0
Upper tray (tray 1) 
shutter present error at 
startup
The shutter is inserted in the upper 
tray (tray 1) (degenerated state) at 
startup initialization by user operations. 
Or all trays cannot be used due to the 
corresponding error.
The shutter is inserted (degenerated state).
Or malfunction of the SA11 sensor or SA11 port of the SND24A/SND31A board.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-1 -
02C1
Lower tray (tray 2) 
shutter present error at 
startup
The shutter is inserted in the lower tray 
(tray 2) (degenerated state) at startup 
initialization by user operations. Or 
all trays cannot be used due to the 
corresponding error.
The shutter is inserted (degenerated state).
Or malfunction of the SA21 sensor or SA21 port of the SND24A/SND31A board.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-2 -
02C9 Upper tray (tray 1) use 
discontinued
After jamming in the removal unit, use 
of the tray is disabled by the pressing 
of the upper tray (tray 1) disable button 
by user operations (degenerated 
state). Or all trays cannot be used due 
to the corresponding error.
Same as left. 2-A-1 -
02D0 Lower tray (tray 2) use 
discontinued
After jamming in the removal unit, use 
of the tray is disabled by the pressing 
of the lower tray (tray 2) disable button 
by user operations (degenerated 
state). Or all trays cannot be used due 
to the corresponding error.
Same as left. 2-A-2 -
02D1
Shutter open/close 
error
(At startup)
Attempted to rotate ME2 in the CLOSE 
state of SE2 to open the shutter for 
preventing condensation of the mobile 
type equipment at startup, but the 
expected CLOSE state of SE2 could 
not be detected.
Or, the CLOSE state was detected, but 
not open operations.
The [Mobile] setting in the [Option] setting menu of the M-Utility has been 
changed from the default value [Stationary]. Return the setting to [Stationary]. 2-F-3 -
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MT-20
MT-20006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
Error
 Code Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy
Detailed 
Information 
Format
Analysis
 Flow
02D2
Shutter open/close 
error
(At startup)
Attempted to open the shutter for 
preventing condensation of the mobile 
type equipment in the OPEN state 
of SE2 at startup, but the open/close 
state	could	not	be	confirmed.
To	confirm	this	state,	ME2	was	rotated	
but it stopped because the CLOSE 
state of SE2 could not be detected, or 
it stopped after detecting the CLOSE 
state of SE2.
The [Mobile] setting in the [Option] setting menu of the M-Utility has been 
changed from the default value [Stationary]. Return the setting to [Stationary]. 2-F-3 -
02D3
Shutter open/close 
error
(At shut down)
Attempted to rotate ME2 in the CLOSE 
state of SE2 to open the shutter for 
preventing condensation of the mobile 
type equipment at shut down, but 
again the expected CLOSE state of 
SE2 could not be detected.
The [Mobile] setting in the [Option] setting menu of the M-Utility has been 
changed from the default value [Stationary]. Return the setting to [Stationary]. 2-F-3 -
02FF Device set error
Setup error of sensor driver, FPMC 
driver
•		FPMC	time	monitoring	setting	error
•		Message	ID	specification	error
Error caused by software bug and incorrect settings which essentially does not 
occur. 2-D-1 -
0332 DEV-SS start timeout
No response from DEV-SS that it has 
completed start even after a certain 
period of time.
Incorrect software installation error, MCT board malfunction.
1. Re-install the software.
2. Replace the MCT board.
3-C -
0333 FLH-SS start timeout
No response from FL-SS that it has 
completed start even after a certain 
period of time.
Incorrect software installation error, MCT board malfunction.
1. Re-install the software.
2. Replace the MCT board.
3-C -
0334 FMT unit 
communication timeout
Communication with FMT unit is not 
possible.
Incorrect software installation error, MCT board malfunction (DPRAM, FLASH-
ROM, etc..), PC hardware error (PCI bus, HDD, etc.)
1. Re-install the software.
2. Replace the MCT board.
3. Replace the MTH board.
4. Replace the HDD.
3-C -
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MT-21
MT-21006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
Error
 Code Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy
Detailed 
Information 
Format
Analysis
 Flow
0370 File transfer error Failed	in	transferring	file	between	MCT	
<-> PC.
Incorrect software installation error, MCT board malfunction (DPRAM, FLASH-
ROM, etc..), PC hardware error (PCI bus, HDD, etc.)
1. Re-install the software.
2. Replace the MCT board.
3. Replace the MTH board.
4. Replace the HDD.
3-A -
0371 FLASH-ROM writing 
error
Failed in writing in FLASH-ROM when 
installing.
Incorrect software installation error, MCT board malfunction.
1. Re-install the software.
2. Replace the MCT board.
3-B -
0380 SIO communication 
test transmission error 
Failed in data transmission to the serial 
port during SIO communication test.
Malfunction of the test tool or SND24A/SND31A board 
1. Replace the test tool.
2.	 Replace	the	SND24A/SND31A	board.	(When	BCR	port	is	specified)
3-D -
0381 SIO communication 
test compare error
Data sent to/received from the serial 
port during SIO communication test 
was incorrect.
Malfunction of the test tool or SND24A/SND31A board 
1. Replace the test tool.
2.	 Replace	the	SND24A/SND31A	board.	(When	BCR	port	is	specified)
3-D -
0382 SIO communication 
test reception error
Failed in receiving data from the serial 
port during SIO communication test.
Malfunction of the test tool or SND24A/SND31A board 
1. Replace the test tool.
2.	 Replace	the	SND24A/SND31A	board.	(When	BCR	port	is	specified)
3-D -
0385
Inter-board 
communication test 
error
Port read value in inter-board 
communication test was not correct.
Malfunction of the MCT board or SND24A/SND31A board
1. Replace the MCT board.
2. Replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
3-D -
0390 Tray error during 
printing
Detected tray error during printing 
(changes in tray lock sensor/ shutter 
detection sensor).
Malfunction of sensor or SND24A/SND31A board.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors and perform mechanism adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensor.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
3-C -
0401
Density measurement 
control	parameter	file	
read error
Failed in reading density measurement 
control	parameter	files	at	system	start.
Software installation error, malfunction of the MCT board
1. Re-install the software.
2. Replace the MCT board.
None -
0501
Polygon control 
parameter	file	read	
error
Failed in reading the polygon control 
parameter	file	during	system	start.
Software installation error, malfunction of the MCT board
1. Re-install the software.
2. Replace the MCT board.
None -
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MT-22
MT-22006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
Error
 Code Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy
Detailed 
Information 
Format
Analysis
 Flow
0510 Polygon error
(FATAL)
Detected polygon rotation error for 
three times continuously during 
scanner initialization diagnosis.
Malfunction of the scanner unit, PRN board, or LDD board
Perform re-diagnosis in scanner check of the M-Utility, and if errors are detected, 
perform the following.
1. Check and replace the wiring connector between the scanner unit, LDD 
board, etc. and PRN board.
2. Replace the scanner unit.
3. Replace the PRN board.
4. Replace the LDD board.
None -
0810 Parameter	file	reading	
failure
Failed	in	reading	the	film	edge	sensor	
control	parameter	file	during	system	
startup.
Incorrect software installation error, MCT board malfunction.
1. Re-install the software.
2. Replace the MCT board.
8-A -
0901
Heat development 
controlparameter	file	
reading error
Failed in reading the heat development 
control	parameter	file	when	the	system	
was started up.
Incorrect software installation error, MCT board malfunction.
1. Re-install the software.
2. Replace the MCT board.
9-D -
0902 TMS driver setup error
Failed in TMS driver (temperature 
measurement task) setup when 
system was started up.
Incorrect software installation error, MCT board malfunction.
1. Re-install the software.
2. Replace the MCT board.
9-F -
0903
Heat development 
calculation parameter 
file	reading	error
Failed in reading the heat development 
control	parameter	file	when	the	system	
was started up.
Incorrect software installation error, MCT board malfunction.
1. Re-install the software.
2. Replace the MCT board.
9-D -
0904
Temperature 
conversion	table	file	
reading error
Failed in reading the temperature 
conversion	table	file	when	the	system	
was started up.
Incorrect software installation error, MCT board malfunction.
1. Re-install the software.
2. Replace the MCT board.
9-D -
0905 Plate setup error Failed in starting the plate control task 
when the system was started up.
Incorrect software installation error, MCT board malfunction.
1. Re-install the software.
2. Replace the MCT board.
9-E -
0906 Fan setup error Failed in starting the fan control task 
when the system was started up.
Incorrect software installation error, MCT board malfunction.
1. Re-install the software.
2. Replace the MCT board.
9-E -
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MT-23
MT-23006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
Error
 Code Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy
Detailed 
Information 
Format
Analysis
 Flow
0911 Plate thermistor 
disconnection error
Detected that the current temperature 
of a heater dropped below -20°C for 
three times continuously (detection 
interval: 600 ms), and determined that 
the thermistor has disconnected.
Disconnection of the I/F cable between the SND24A/SND31A board and 
thermistor, or malfunction of the thermistor or thermistor port of the SND24A/
SND31A board.
1. Check that the thermistor connector, I/F cable to the thermistor, and 
connector of the SND24A/SND31A board are set correctly.
2. Replace the thermistor.
3. Replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
4. Replace the cable between the thermistor and SND24A/SND31A board.
9-B -
0920 Initialization time 
timeout
The temperature of all plates did not 
become the appropriate temperature 
(within target temperature ±1°C) even 
after	the	specified	time	from	the	start	
of initialization.
Note:
1. Generally, as the low temperature 
error (2911) and heater 
disconnection error (0961), etc. 
occur before this error, the rate of 
occurrence of this error is low.
2. The target temperature (approx. 90
°C to 130°C) varies according to 
internal conditions.
<Specified	time>
100 V model: 30 minutes
200 V model: 25 minutes 
The plate temperature is abnormal.
Malfunction of the temperature detection thermistor, disconnection of the heater 
or I/F cable between the heater and SND24A/SND31A board, reset of heater by 
the thermal protector, or malfunction of the heater port of the MCT board.
1. Check that the heater connector, I/F cable to the heater, and connector of 
the SND24A/SND31A board are set correctly, and check that the thermal 
protector reset has been cleared.
2. Check the operations of each heater using the M-Utility.
 Check the peripheral temperature of each heater with the hand.
 If hot, the heater is OK.
 The thermistor/MCT/SND24A/SND31A board may be faulty. Proceed to step 
5.
 If not hot, the heater/MCT/SND24A/SND31A board may be faulty. Proceed to 
step 4.
3. Check the operations of the heat development unit fan using the M-Utility.
 The FAN is OK if operations are normal.
	 The	film	cooling	section	and	recording	section	thermistors/MCT/SND24A/
SND31A board may be faulty. Proceed to step 5.
 If operations are abnormal, the connector or fan is defective.
 Replace the connector and heat development unit fan.
4. Replace the heater.
5. Replace the MCT board.
6. Replace the thermistor.
7. Replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
8. Replace the cooling section thermistor.
9. Replace the I/F cable between the heater and SND24A/SND31A board.
Incorrect software installation or malfunction of the MCT board.
1. Re-install the software.
2. Replace the MCT board.
9-F -
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MT-24
MT-24006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
Error
 Code Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy
Detailed 
Information 
Format
Analysis
 Flow
0951 Overheat 2 error
Detected that the current temperature 
of a heater exceeded 138°C for three 
times continuously (detection interval: 
600ms).
The plate temperature is high.
Malfunction of the MCT board, temperature detection thermistor, heat 
development unit fan, heater, or heater port of the MCT board.
1. Check if the MCT board is controlled properly according to the state LEDs, 
etc. (hang up, bus error, etc.).
2. Check that the heater connector, I/F cable to the heater, and connector of the 
SND24A/SND31A board are set correctly.
3. Check the operations of the heat development unit fan using the M-Utility.
 The FAN is OK if operations are normal.
 The heater/thermistor/SND24A/SND31A board may be faulty. Proceed to 
step 4.
 If operations are abnormal, the connector or fan is defective.
 Replace the connector and heat development unit fan.
4. Check the operations of each heater using the M-Utility.
 Check the peripheral temperature of each heater with the hand.
 If not hot, the heater is OK.
 The thermistor/SND24A/SND31A board may be faulty. Proceed to step 7.
 If hot, the heater/MCT/SND24A/SND31A board may be faulty. Proceed to 
step 5.
5. Replace the heater.
6. Replace the MCT board.
7. Replace the thermistor.
8. Replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
9. Replace the recording section thermistor.
10. Replace the I/F cable between the heater and SND24A/SND31A board.
Incorrect software installation or malfunction of the MCT board.
1. Re-install the software.
2. Replace the MCT board.
9-A -
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MT-25
MT-25006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
Error
 Code Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy
Detailed 
Information 
Format
Analysis
 Flow
0961 Heater disconnection 
error
The temperature of a heater remained 
lower than the target temperature 
even	after	the	specified	time	from	the	
start of temperature control (detection 
interval: 600ms, measured 2000 times 
continuously) and did not become the 
appropriate temperature.
Note:
1. The target temperature (approx. 90 
°C to 130 °C) varies according to 
internal conditions.
<Specified	time>
100 V model: 20 minutes
200 V model: 15 minutes
The plate temperature is low.
Disconnection of the heater, malfunction of the temperature detection thermistor, 
disconnection of the heater or I/F cables between the heater and SND24A/
SND31A board, reset of heater by the thermal protector, or malfunction of the 
heater port of the MCT board.
1. Check that the heater connector, I/F cable to the heater, and connector of 
the SND24A/SND31A board are set correctly, and check that the thermal 
protector reset has been cleared.
2. Check the operations of each heater using the M-Utility.
 Check the peripheral temperature of each heater with the hand.
 If hot, the heater is OK.
 The thermistor/MCT/SND24A/SND31A board may be faulty. Proceed to step 
4.
 If not hot, the heater/MCT/SND24A/SND31A board may be faulty. Proceed to 
step 3.
3. Replace the heater.
4. Replace the MCT board.
5. Replace the thermistor.
6. Replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
7. Replace the I/F cable between the heater and SND24A/SND31A board.
Incorrect software installation or malfunction of the MCT board.
1. Re-install the software.
2. Replace the MCT board.
9-A -
09A0
Heat development 
control parameter value 
error
Abnormal heat development control 
parameter was detected when the 
system was started up.
Incorrect software installation error, MCT board malfunction.
1. Re-install the software.2. Replace the MCT board.
9-H -
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MT-26
MT-26006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
Error
 Code Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy
Detailed 
Information 
Format
Analysis
 Flow
09B0 Cold start timeout error
The average rising temperature of the 
plate remained less than 10 °C even 
after 5 minutes from system start-up.
Note:
Error which occurs when heater control 
fails due to electric malfunctions.
Abnormal rise in the plate temperature.
Connector malfunction, temperature detection thermistor malfunction, 
disconnection of the I/F cable between heaters or between the heater and 
SND24A/SND31A board, heater reset by the thermal protector, or malfunction of 
the MCT board heater port.
1. Check that the heater connector, I/F cable to the heater, and connector of the 
SND24A/SND31A board are correctly set, and the thermal protector reset is 
cleared.
2. Check the operations of each heater using the M-Utility.
 Check the peripheral temperature of the each heater with the hand.
 If hot, the heater is OK.
 The thermistor/MCT/SND24A/SND31A board may be faulty. Proceed to step 
4.
 If not hot, the heater/MCT/SND24A/SND31A board may be faulty. Proceed to 
3.
3. Replace the heater.
4. Replace the MCT board.
5. Replace the thermistor.
6. Replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
7. Replace the I/F cable between the heater and SND24A/SND31A board.
Incorrect software installation or malfunction of the MCT board.
1. Re-install the software.
2. Replace the MCT board.
9-F -
1211 Upper small cover open The upper small cover is open. Close the upper small cover. 2-A-4 -
1212 Upper front cover open The upper front cover is open. Close the upper front cover. 2-A-4 -
1213 Upper/Lower right 
cover open
The upper and/or lower right cover is 
open. Close the upper and/or lower right cover. 2-A-4 -
1214 Sorter right cover open The sorter right cover is open. Close the sorter right cover. 2-A-4 -
1225 Upper tray (tray 1) 
open error
The upper tray (tray 1) was open in 
initialization and removal. Close the upper tray (tray 1). 2-A-1 -
1227 Upper tray (tray 1) 
shutter present error
The shutter was inserted in the 
upper tray (tray 1) in initialization and 
removal.
Remove the shutter of the upper tray (tray 1). 2-A-1 -
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MT-27
MT-27006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
Error
 Code Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy
Detailed 
Information 
Format
Analysis
 Flow
1229 Lower tray (tray 2) 
open error
The lower tray (tray 2) was open in 
initialization and removal. Close the lower tray (tray 2). 2-A-2 -
1231 Lower tray (tray 2) 
shutter present error
The shutter was inserted in the 
lower tray (tray 2) in initialization and 
removal.
Remove the shutter of the lower tray (tray 2). 2-A-2 -
1233 Upper tray (tray 1) 
shutter uninserted error
Attempted to open the upper tray (tray 
1), but the shutter was not inserted. After inserting the shutter, open the upper tray (tray 1). 2-A-1 -
1235 Lower tray (tray 2) 
shutter uninserted error
Attempted to open the lower tray (tray 
2), but the shutter was not inserted. After inserting the shutter, open the lower tray (tray 2). 2-A-2 -
1252 No cleaning roller 
detection error
Attempted to check whether cleaning 
roller is present in initialization, but 
SD3 does not CLOSE.
(No cleaning roller)
Cleaning roller is not inserted.
Or malfunction of SD3 sensor or malfunction of SD3 port of SND24A/SND31A 
board.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-4 -
1291 Upper tray (tray 1) 
removal unit jam error
At completion of removal process, did 
not	detect	normal	SD1	CLOSE	(film	
leading edge detection).
(Retryover)
Film dropped during removal.
Or malfunction of SD1 sensor or MB12 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD1 port of the SND24A/SND31A board, 
or malfunction of the MB12 controller.
1.	 Check	if	film	has	dropped.
2. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
3. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
4. If motors/sensors are normal, check the mounting position of the hose on the 
solenoid valve side of the suction cup arm.
 {MC:4.8_Solenoid Valve}
5. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-1 {MT:3.11}
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MT-28
MT-28006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
Error
 Code Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy
Detailed 
Information 
Format
Analysis
 Flow
1293 Lower tray (tray 2) 
removal unit jam error
At completion of removal process, did 
not	detect	normal	SD1	CLOSE	(film	
leading edge detection).
(Retryover)
Film dropped during removal.
Or malfunction of SD1 sensor or MB22 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD1 port of the SND24A/SND31A board, 
or malfunction of the MB22 controller.
1.	 Check	if	film	has	dropped.
2. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
3. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
4. If motors/sensors are normal, check the mounting position of the hose on the 
solenoid valve side of the suction cup arm.
 {MC:4.8_Solenoid Valve}
5. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-2 {MT:3.12}
1295 Conveyor unit jam error
Conveyed	film	to	the	conveyor	unit,	
but	did	not	detect	SD2	CLOSE	(film	
leading edge detection).
(Retryover)
Jam occurred during conveyance.
Open	the	upper/lower	right	cover,	and	remove	the	jammed	film.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
 SD2, MD1, MB12, MB22
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board
2-A-4 {MT:3.13}
1296 Sub-scanning unit jam 
error
Conveyed	film	to	the	sub-scanning	
unit,	but	did	not	detect	SD2	OPEN	(film	
trailing edge detection).
Jam occurred during recording conveyance.
Open	the	upper	front	cover,	and	remove	the	jammed	film.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
 SD2, MD1, ME1
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-4 {MT:3.14}
1297 Sub-scanning unit jam 
error
Conveyed	film	to	the	sub-scanning	
unit, but did not detect SG1 CLOSE 
(film	leading	edge	detection).
Jam occurred during recording conveyance.
Open	the	upper	front	cover,	and	remove	the	jammed	film.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
 SG1, MD1, ME1
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-4 {MT:3.15}
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MT-29
MT-29006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
Error
 Code Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy
Detailed 
Information 
Format
Analysis
 Flow
1298 Heat development unit 
jam error
Conveyed	film	to	the	heat	development	
unit,	but	did	not	detect	SG1	OPEN	(film	
trailing edge detection).
Jam occurred during heat development conveyance.
Open	the	upper	front	cover,	and	remove	the	jammed	film.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
 SG1, ME1, MG1
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-4 {MT:3.16}
1299 Heat development unit 
jam error
Conveyed	film	to	the	heat	development	
unit,	but	did	not	detect	SJ1	CLOSE	(film	
leading edge detection).
Jam occurred during heat development conveyance.
Open	the	upper	front	cover,	and	remove	the	jammed	film.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
 SJ1, ME1, MG1
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-4 {MT:3.17}
12A0 Film release unit jam 
error
Conveyed	film	to	the	film	release	unit,	
but	did	notdetect	SJ1	OPEN	(film	
trailing edge detection).
Jam	occurred	during	film	release	conveyance.
Open	the	upper	front	cover,	and	remove	the	jammed	film.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
 SJ1, MG1, MJ1
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-4 {MT:3.18}
12A1 Film release unit jam 
error
Conveyed	film	to	the	film	release	unit,	
but	did	not	detect	SJ2	CLOSE	(film	
leading edge detection).
Jam	occurred	during	film	release	conveyance.
Open	the	upper	front	cover,	and	remove	the	jammed	film.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
 SJ2, MG1, MJ1
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-4 {MT:3.19}
12A2 Film release unit jam 
error
Conveyed	film	to	the	film	release	unit,	
but	did	not	detect	SJ2	OPEN	(film	
trailing edge detection).
Jam	occurred	during	film	release	conveyance.
Open	the	upper	front	cover,	and	remove	the	jammed	film.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
 SJ2, MG1, MJ1
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-4 {MT:3.19}
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MT-30
MT-30006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
Error
 Code Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy
Detailed 
Information 
Format
Analysis
 Flow
12A3 Sorter unit jam error
Conveyed	film	to	the	sorter	unit,	
but	did	not	detect	ST1	CLOSE	(film	
leading edge detection).
Jam	occurred	during	film	release	conveyance.
Open	the	upper	front	cover,	and	remove	the	jammed	film.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
 ST1, MG1, MJ1
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-4 {MT:3.20}
12A4 Sorter unit jam error
Conveyed	film	to	the	sorter	unit,	but	
did	not	detect	ST1	OPEN	(film	trailing	
edge detection).
Jam	occurred	during	film	release	conveyance.
Open	the	upper	front	cover,	and	remove	the	jammed	film.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
 ST1, MG1, MJ1
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-4 {MT:3.20}
12A5 Sorter unit jam error
Conveyed	film	to	the	sorter	unit,	
but	did	not	detect	ST2	CLOSE	(film	
leading edge detection).
Jam	occurred	during	film	release	conveyance.
Open	the	upper	front	cover,	and	remove	the	jammed	film.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
 ST2, MG1, MJ1
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-4 {MT:3.21}
12A6 Sorter unit jam error
Conveyed	film	to	the	sorter	unit,	but	
did	not	detect	ST2	OPEN	(film	trailing	
edge detection).
Jam	occurred	during	film	release	conveyance.
Open	the	upper	front	cover,	and	remove	the	jammed	film.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
 ST2, MG1, MJ1
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-4 {MT:3.21}
12A7 Sorter unit jam error
Conveyed	film	to	the	sorter	unit,	
but	did	not	detect	ST3	CLOSE	(film	
leading edge detection).
Jam	occurred	during	film	release	conveyance.
Open	the	upper	front	cover,	and	remove	the	jammed	film.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
 ST3, MG1, MJ1
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-4 {MT:3.22}
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MT-31
MT-31006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
Error
 Code Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy
Detailed 
Information 
Format
Analysis
 Flow
12A8 Sorter unit jam error
Conveyed	film	to	the	sorter	unit,	but	
did	not	detect	ST3	OPEN	(film	trailing	
edge detection).
Jam	occurred	during	film	release	conveyance.
Open	the	upper	front	cover,	and	remove	the	jammed	film.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
 ST3, MG1, MJ1
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-4 {MT:3.22}
12A9
Upper tray (tray 1) 
removal unit jam error 
(Discharge remainder)
Conveyed	film	to	the	conveyor	unit	
by discharge remainder, but did not 
detect	SD1	CLOSE	(film	leading	edge	
detection).
The remainder is not discharged normally from the removal unit.
Or malfunction of the SD1 sensor, or MB12 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD1 ports of the SND24A/SND31A 
board, or malfunction of the MB12 controller.
1.	 Check	if	film	has	dropped.
2. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
3. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
4. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-1 {MT:3.23}
12B0
Lower tray (tray 2) 
removal unit jam error 
(Discharge remainder) 
Conveyed	film	to	the	conveyor	unit	
by discharge remainder, but did not 
detect	SD1	CLOSE	(film	leading	edge	
detection).
The remainder is not discharged normally from the removal unit.
Or malfunction of the SD1 sensor, or MB22 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD1 ports of the SND24A/SND31A 
board, or malfunction of the MB22 controller.
1.	 Check	if	film	has	dropped.
2. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
3. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
4. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-2 {MT:3.24}
12B1 Conveyor unit jam error
(Discharge remainder)
Conveyed	film	to	the	conveyor	unit	
by discharge remainder, but did not 
detect	SD2	CLOSE	(film	leading	edge	
detection).
The remainder is not discharged normally from the conveyor unit.
Or malfunction of the SD2 sensor, or MD1, MB12, MB22 motors.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD2 port of the SND24A/SND31A board, 
or malfunction of the MD1, MB12, MB22 controller.
1.	 Check	if	film	has	dropped.
2. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
3. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
4. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-4 {MT:3.13}
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MT-32
MT-32006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
Error
 Code Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy
Detailed 
Information 
Format
Analysis
 Flow
12B2
Sub-scanning unit jam 
error
(Discharge remainder)
Conveyed	film	to	the	sub-scanning	unit	
by discharge remainder, but did not 
detect	SD2	OPEN	(film	trailing	edge	
detection).
The remainder is not discharged normally from the sub-scanning unit.
Or malfunction of the SD2 sensor, or MD1, ME1 motors.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD2 port of the SND24A/SND31A board, 
or malfunction of the MD1, ME1 controller.
1.	 Check	if	film	has	dropped.
2. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
3. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
4. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-4 {MT:3.14}
12B3
Sub-scanning unit jam 
error
(Discharge remainder)
Conveyed	film	to	the	sub-scanning	unit	
by discharge remainder, but did not 
detect	SG1	CLOSE	(film	leading	edge	
detection).
The remainder is not discharged normally from the sub-scanning unit.
Or malfunction of the SG1 sensor, or MD1, ME1 motors.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SG1 port of the SND24A/SND31A 
board, or malfunction of the MD1, ME1 controller.
1.	 Check	if	film	has	dropped.
2. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
3. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
4. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-4 {MT:3.15}12B4
Heat development unit 
jam error
(Discharge remainder)
Conveyed	film	to	the	heat	development	
unit by discharge remainder, but did 
not	detect	SG1	OPEN	(film	trailing	
edge detection).
The remainder is not discharged normally from the heat development unit.
Or malfunction of the SG1 sensor, or ME1, MG1 motors.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SG1 port of the SND24A/SND31A 
board, or malfunction of the ME1, MG1 controller.
1.	 Check	if	film	has	dropped.
2. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
3. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
4. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-4 {MT:3.16}
12B5
Heat development unit 
jam error
(Discharge remainder)
Conveyed	film	to	the	heat	development	
unit by discharge remainder, but did 
not	detect	SJ1	CLOSE	(film	leading	
edge detection).
The remainder is not discharged normally from the heat development unit.
Or malfunction of the SJ1 sensor, or MG1 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SJ1 port of the SND24A/SND31A board, 
or malfunction of the MG1 controller.
1.	 Check	if	film	has	dropped.
2. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
3. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
4. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-4 {MT:3.25}
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MT-33
MT-33006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
Error
 Code Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy
Detailed 
Information 
Format
Analysis
 Flow
12B6
Film release unit jam 
error
(Discharge remainder)
Conveyed	film	to	the	film	release	unit	
by discharge remainder, but did not 
detect	SJ1	OPEN	(film	trailing	edge	
detection).
The	remainder	is	not	discharged	normally	from	the	film	release	unit.
Or malfunction of the SJ1 sensor, or MG1, MJ1 motors.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SJ1 port of the SND24A/SND31A board, 
or malfunction of the MG1, MJ1 controller.
1.	 Check	if	film	has	dropped.
2. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
3. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
4. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-4 {MT:3.18}
12B7
Film release unit jam 
error
(Discharge remainder)
Conveyed	film	to	the	film	release	unit	
by discharge remainder, but did not 
detect	SJ2	CLOSE	(film	leading	edge	
detection).
The	remainder	is	not	discharged	normally	from	the	film	release	unit.
Or malfunction of the SJ2 sensor, or MG1, MJ1 motors.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SJ2 port of the SND24A/SND31A board, 
or malfunction of the MG1, MJ1 controller.
1.	 Check	if	film	has	dropped.
2. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
3. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
4. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-4 {MT:3.19}
12B8
Film release unit jam 
error
(Discharge remainder)
Conveyed	film	to	the	film	release	unit	
by discharge remainder, but did not 
detect	SJ2	OPEN	(film	trailing	edge	
detection).
The	remainder	is	not	discharged	normally	from	the	film	release	unit.
Or malfunction of the SJ2 sensor, or MG1, MJ1 motors.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SJ2 port of the SND24A/SND31A board, 
or malfunction of the MG1, MJ1 controller.
1.	 Check	if	film	has	dropped.
2. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
3. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
4. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-4 {MT:3.19}
12C5 Sorter malfunction Did not output to the destination bin 
properly.
Malfunction of SOLT1, SOLT2, or SOLT3 solenoids
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, solenoids, and perform mechanism 
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/solenoids.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-F-2 {MT:3.26}
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MT-34
MT-34006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
Error
 Code Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy
Detailed 
Information 
Format
Analysis
 Flow
12C6 Sorter unit jam error
(Discharge remainder)
Conveyed	film	to	the	sorter	unit	by	
discharge remainder, but did not 
detect	ST1	OPEN	(film	trailing	edge	
detection).
The remainder is not discharged normally from the sorter unit.
Or malfunction of the ST1 sensor, or MG1, MJ1 motors.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the ST1 port of the SND24A/SND31A board, 
or malfunction of the MG1, MJ1 controller.
1.	 Check	if	film	has	dropped.
2. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
3. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
4. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-4 {MT:3.20}
12C7 Sorter unit jam error
(Discharge remainder)
Conveyed	film	to	the	sorter	unit	by	
discharge remainder, but did not 
detect	ST2	OPEN	(film	trailing	edge	
detection).
The remainder is not discharged normally from the sorter unit.
Or malfunction of the ST2 sensor, or MG1, MJ1 motors.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the ST2 port of the SND24A/SND31A board, 
or malfunction of the MG1, MJ1 controller.
1.	 Check	if	film	has	dropped.
2. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
3. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
4. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-4 {MT:3.21}
12C8 Sorter unit jam error
(Discharge remainder)
Conveyed	film	to	the	sorter	unit	by	
discharge remainder, but did not 
detect	ST3	OPEN	(film	trailing	edge	
detection).
The remainder is not discharged normally from the sorter unit.
Or malfunction of the ST3 sensor, or MG1, MJ1 motors.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the ST3 port of the SND24A/SND31A board, 
or malfunction of the MG1, MJ1 controller.
1.	 Check	if	film	has	dropped.
2. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
3. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
4. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board..
2-A-4 {MT:3.22}
2104 Reception of prohibited 
command Internal I/F error Internal communication timing error. No correction is required if no abnormal 
phenomenon seen in particular. 3-C -
2216
Density measurement 
sensor power supply 
fuse disconnection
Disconnection of SND24A/SND31A 
board density measurement sensor 
power fuse
Disconnection of the F12VP sensor power fuse (F1).
1. Using the M-Utility, perform monitoring and mechanism adjustments
2. If the problem persists, replace the fuse.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-5 -
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MT-35
MT-35006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
Error
 Code Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy
Detailed 
Information 
Format
Analysis
 Flow
2217
Density measurement 
sensor power supply 
fuse disconnection
Disconnection of SND24A/SND31A 
board density measurement sensor 
power fuse
Disconnection of the F12VM sensor power fuse (F3).
1. Using the M-Utility, perform monitoring and mechanism adjustments
2. If the problem persists, replace the fuse.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-5 -
2236
Upper tray (tray 1) 
removal unit HP 
deviation detection 
error
Attempted to deviate the removal 
arm from HP (home position) in 
initialization, but SB11 does not 
become OPEN.
(Currently retrying)
Malfunction of SB11 sensor or MB11 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB11 port of the SND24A/SND31A 
board, or malfunction of the MB11 controller.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-1 {MT:3.3}
2238
Upper tray (tray 1) 
removal unit HP return 
detection error
Attempted to return the removal arm to 
HP (home position) in initialization, but 
SB11 does not become CLOSE.
(Currently retrying)
Malfunction of SB11sensor or MB11 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB11 port of the SND24A/SND31A 
board, or malfunction of the MB11 controller.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-1 {MT:3.3}
2240
Lower tray (tray 2) 
removal unit HP 
deviation detection 
error
Attempted to deviate the removal 
arm from HP (home position) in 
initialization, but SB21 does not 
become OPEN.
(Currently retrying)
Malfunction of SB21 sensor or MB21 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB21 port of the SND24A/SND31A 
board, or malfunction of the MB21 controller.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-2 {MT:3.4}
2242
Lower tray (tray 2) 
removal unit HP return 
detection error
Attempted to return the removal arm to 
HP (home position) in initialization, but 
SB21 does not become CLOSE.
(Currently retrying)
Malfunction of SB21 sensor or MB21 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB21 port of the SND24A/SND31A 
board, or malfunction of the MB21 controller.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-2 {MT:3.4}
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MT-36
MT-36006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
Error
 Code Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy
Detailed 
Information 
Format
Analysis
 Flow
2244 Grip HP detection error
Attempted to set grip roller to HP (home 
position) in initialization, but SD5 does 
not become OPEN.
(Currently retrying)
Malfunction of the SD5 sensor or MD2 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD5 port of the SND24A/SND31A board, 
or malfunction of the MD2 controller.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-4 {MT:3.5}
2246 Grip detection error
Attempted to set grip roller from HP 
(home position) to gripping position in 
initialization, but SD5 does not become 
CLOSE.
(Currently retrying)
Malfunction of the SD5 sensor or MD2 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD5 port of the SND24A/SND31A board, 
or malfunction of the MD2 controller.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-4 {MT:3.5}
2248 Stopper plate release 
detection error
Attempted to set stopper plate from 
stop position to release position in 
initialization, but SD4 does not become 
CLOSE.
(Currently retrying)
Malfunction of the SD4 sensor or SOLD1 solenoid.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD4 port of the SND24A/SND31A board, 
or malfunction of the SOLD1.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensor/solenoid.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-4 {MT:3.6}
2250 Stopper plate detection 
error
Attempted to set stopper plate from 
release position to stop position in 
initialization, but SD4 does not become 
OPEN.
(Currently retrying)
Malfunction of the SD4 sensor or SOLD1 solenoid.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD4 port of the SND24A/SND31A board, 
or malfunction of the SOLD1.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensor/solenoid.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-4 {MT:3.6}
2254
Upper tray (tray 1) 
film	upper	deadpoint	
detection error
Attempted to lower the removal arm 
from HP (home position) to upper 
deadpoint detection position in 
removal, but SB13 does not become 
OPEN.
(Currently retrying)
Malfunction of SB13 sensor or MB11 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB13 port of the SND24A/SND31A 
board, or malfunction of the MB11 controller.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-1 {MT:3.7}
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MT-37
MT-37006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
Error
 Code Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy
Detailed 
Information 
Format
Analysis
 Flow
2256
Lower tray (tray 2) 
film	upper	deadpoint	
detection error
Attempted to lower the removal arm 
from HP (home position) to upper 
deadpoint detection position in 
removal, but SB23 does not become 
OPEN.
(Currently retrying)
Malfunction of SB23 sensor or MB21 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB23 port of the SND24A/SND31A 
board, or malfunction of the MB21 controller.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-2 {MT:3.8}
2258 Upper	tray	(tray	1)	film	
surface detection error
Attempted to lower the removal arm 
from upper deadpoint detection 
position to surface detection position 
in removal, but SB12 does not become 
CLOSE.
(Currently retrying)
Malfunction of the SB12 sensor or MB11 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB12 port of the SND24A/SND31A 
board, or malfunction of the MB11 controller.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-1 {MT:3.9}
2260 Lower	tray	(tray	2)	film	
surface detection error
Attempted to lower the removal arm 
from upper deadpoint detection 
position to surface detection position 
in removal, but SB22 does not become 
CLOSE.
(Currently retrying)
Malfunction of the SB22 sensor or MB21 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB22 port of the SND24A/SND31A 
board, or malfunction of the MB21 controller.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-2 {MT:3.10}
2262 Upper	tray	(tray	1)	film	
suction detection error
Attempted to lower the removal arm 
from surface detection position to 
suction detection position in removal, 
but SB12 does not become OPEN.
(Currently retrying)
Malfunction of the SB12 sensor or MB11 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB12 port of the SND24A/SND31A 
board, or malfunction of the MB11 controller.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-1 {MT:3.9}
2264 Lower	tray	(tray	2)	film	
suction detection error
Attempted to lower the removal arm 
from surface detection position to 
suction detection position in removal, 
but SB22 does not become OPEN.
(Currently retrying)
Malfunction of the SB22 sensor or MB21 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB22 port of the SND24A/SND31A 
board, or malfunction of the MB21 controller.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-2 {MT:3.10}
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MT-38
MT-38006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
Error
 Code Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy
Detailed 
Information 
Format
Analysis
 Flow
2266
Upper tray (tray 1) 
film	upper	deadpoint	
detection error
Attempted to rise the removal arm 
fromsuction detection position to 
upper deadpoint detection position in 
removal, but SB13 does not become 
CLOSE.
(Currently retrying)
Malfunction of the SB13 sensor or MB11 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB13 port of the SND24A/SND31A 
board, or malfunction of the MB11 controller.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-1 {MT:3.7}
2268
Lower tray (tray 2) 
film	upper	deadpoint	
detection error
Attempted to rise the removal arm 
from suction detection position to 
upper deadpoint detection position in 
removal, but SB23 does not become 
CLOSE.
(Currently retrying)
Malfunction of the SB23 sensor or MB21 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB23 port of the SND24A/SND31A 
board, or malfunction of the MB21 controller.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-2 {MT:3.8}
2274
Upper tray (tray 1) 
removal unit HP 
deviation detection 
error
Attempted to deviate the removal arm 
from HP (home position) after removal 
operation, but SB11 does not become 
OPEN.
(Currently retrying)
Malfunction of SB11 sensor or MB11 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB11 port of the SND24A/SND31A 
board, or malfunction of the MB11 controller.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-1 {MT:3.3}
2276
Upper tray (tray 1) 
removal unit HP return 
detection error
Attempted to return the removal arm 
to HP (home position) after removal 
operation, but SB11 does not become 
CLOSE.
(Currently retrying)
Malfunction of SB11 sensor or MB11 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB11 port of the SND24A/SND31A 
board, or malfunction of the MB11 controller.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-1 {MT:3.3}
2278
Lower tray (tray 2) 
removal unit HP 
deviation detection 
error
Attempted to deviate the removal arm 
from HP (home position) after removal 
operation, but SB21 does not become 
OPEN.
(Currently retrying)
Malfunction of SB21 sensor or MB21 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB21 port of the SND24A/SND31A 
board, or malfunction of the MB21 controller.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-2 {MT:3.4}
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MT-39
MT-39006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
Error
 Code Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy
Detailed 
Information 
Format
Analysis
 Flow
2280
Lower tray (tray 2) 
removal unit HP return 
detection error
Attempted to return the removal arm 
to HP (home position) after removal 
operation, but SB21 does not become 
CLOSE.
(Currently retrying)
Malfunction of SB21 sensor or MB21 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB21 port of the SND24A/SND31A 
board, or malfunction of the MB21 controller.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-2 {MT:3.4}
2282 Grip HP absent error
Although the grip roller is in the HP 
(home position) state, but SD5 is 
already closed.
Malfunction of the SD5 sensor or MD2 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD5 port of the SND24A/SND31A board, 
or malfunction of the MD2 controller.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-4 {MT:3.5}
2283 Grip absent error
Although the grip roller is in the 
gripping state, but SD5 is already 
open.
Malfunction of the SD5 sensor or MD2 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD5 port of the SND24A/SND31A board, 
or malfunction of the MD2 controller.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-4 {MT:3.5}
2284 Grip HP detection error
Attempted to set grip roller to HP (home 
position) in printing, but SD5 does not 
become OPEN.
Malfunction of the SD5 sensor or MD2 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD5 port of the SND24A/SND31A board, 
or malfunction of the MD2 controller.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-4 {MT:3.5}
2286 Grip detection error
Attempted to set grip roller from HP 
(home position) to gripping position 
in printing, but SD5 does not become 
CLOSE.
Malfunction of the SD5 sensor or MD2 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD5 port of the SND24A/SND31A board, 
or malfunction of the MD2 controller.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-4 {MT:3.5}
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MT-40
MT-40006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
Error
 Code Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy
Detailed 
Information 
Format
Analysis
 Flow
2288 Stopper plate release 
detection error
Attempted to set stopper plate from 
stop position to release position in 
printing, but SD4 does not become 
CLOSE.
Malfunction of the SD4 sensor or SOLD1 solenoid.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD4 port of the SND24A/SND31A board, 
or malfunction of the SOLD1.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensor/solenoid.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-4 {MT:3.6}
2289 Stopper plate detection 
error
Attempted to set stopper plate from 
release position to stop position in 
printing, but SD4 does not become 
OPEN.
Malfunction of the SD4 sensor or SOLD1 solenoid.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD4 port of the SND24A/SND31A board, 
or malfunction of the SOLD1.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensor/solenoid.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-4 {MT:3.6}
2290
Upper tray (tray 1) 
conveyor unit entrance 
detection error
At completion of removal process, did 
not	detect	normal	SD1	CLOSE	(film	
leading edge detection).
(Currently retrying)
Film dropped during removal.
Or malfunction of SD1 sensor or MB12 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD1 port of the SND24A/SND31A board, 
or malfunction of the MB12 controller.
1.	 Check	if	film	has	dropped.
2. Using M-Utility, check sensor, motor, and perform mechanism adjustments.
3. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
4. If motors/sensors are normal, check the mounting position of the hose on the 
solenoid valve side of the suction cup arm.
 {MC:4.8_Solenoid Valve}
5. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-1 {MT:3.11}
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MT-41
MT-41006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
Error
 Code Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy
Detailed 
Information 
Format
Analysis
 Flow
2292
Lower tray (tray 2) 
conveyor unit entrance 
detection error
At completion of removal process, did 
not	detect	normal	SD1	CLOSE	(film	
leadingedge detection).
(Currently retrying)
Film dropped during removal.
Or malfunction of SD1 sensor or MB22 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD1 port of the SND24A/SND31A board, 
or malfunction of the MB22 controller.
1.	 Check	if	film	has	dropped.
2. Using M-Utility, check sensor, motor, and perform mechanism adjustments.
3. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
4. If motors/sensors are normal, check the mounting position of the hose on the 
solenoid valve side of the suction cup arm.
 {MC:4.8_Solenoid Valve}
5. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-2 {MT:3.12}
2294 Conveyor unit jam error
Conveyed	film	to	the	conveyor	unit,	
but	did	not	detect	SD2	CLOSE	(film	
leading edge detection).
(Currently retrying)
Jam occurred during conveyance.
Open	the	upper/lower	right	cover,	and	remove	the	jammed	film.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
 SD2, MD1, MB12, MB22
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-4 {MT:3.13}
22B9 Incorrect operations
Attempted to perform the following 
items using the M-Utility, but failed.
1. Unit operations
2. Grip operations
Be	sure	to	perform	homing	first,	or	implement	according	to	the	M-Utility	tree. 2-E-1 -
22C2 Upper tray (tray 1) 
barcode reading error Cannot read the barcode. Barcodes reader is not connected. Or no data or cannot read data.
(For hardware malfunction analysis) 2-F-1 -
22C3 Lower tray (tray 2) 
barcode reading error Cannot read the barcode. Barcodes reader is not connected. Or no data or cannot read data.
(For hardware malfunction analysis) 2-F-1 -
22C4 Sorter malfunction After	sorter	degeneration,	film	is	not	
output to the destination bin.
Malfunction of SOLT1, SOLT2, or SOLT3 solenoids
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, solenoids, and perform mechanism 
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/solenoids.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-F-2 {MT:3.26}
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MT-42
MT-42006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
Error
 Code Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy
Detailed 
Information 
Format
Analysis
 Flow
22D5
Subscanning speed 
correction calculation 
error
A subscanning speed correction 
calculation was performed based on 
the	film	recording	section	temperature	
before recording, but the result is out 
of tolerance range of speed.
The thermistor in the recording section is not in stable operation.
Or	the	machine	temperature	fluctuates	greatly.
1. Check the recording section thermistor.
2. Collect the internal temperature data.
3. Review the correction calculation.
2-F-4 -
22D6 No	film	through	release	
entrance retry
Conveyed	film	to	the	film	release	unit,	
but	did	not	detect	SJ1	OPEN	(film	
trailing edge detection).
Performed retry because no 
subsequent	film	is	found	in	the	heat	
development unit.
A jam occurred during discharge conveyance.
Open	the	upper	front	cover	and	remove	the	jammed	film.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
 SJ1, MG1, MJ1
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-4 -
22D7 No	film	to	release	exit	
retry
Conveyed	film	to	the	film	release	unit,	
but did not detect SJ2/ST1/ST2/ST3 
CLOSE	(film	leading	edge	detection).	
Performed retry because no 
subsequent	film	is	found	in	the	heat	
development unit.
A jam occurred during discharge conveyance.
Open	upper	front	cover	and	remove	the	jammed	film.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
 SJ2/ST1/ST2/ST3, MG1, MJ1
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-4 -
22D8 No	film	through	release	
exit retry
Conveyed	film	to	the	film	release	unit,	
but did not detect SJ2/ST1/ST2/ST3 
OPEN	(film	trailing	edge	detection).
Performed retry because no 
subsequent	film	is	found	in	the	heat	
development unit.
A jam occurred during discharge conveyance.
Open	upper	front	cover	and	remove	the	jammed	film.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
 SJ2/ST1/ST2/ST3, MG1, MJ1
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
2-A-4 -
2310
Leading edge detection 
communication 
reception error
Did not receive leading edge detection 
notification	which	must	be	received	in	
printing other than clean printing.
Internal communication timing error. No correction is required if no abnormal 
phenomenon seen in particular. 3-C -
2311
Recording completion 
notification	reception	
error
Did not receive recording completion 
notification	which	must	be	received	in	
printing other than clean printing.
Internal communication timing error. No correction is required if no abnormal 
phenomenon seen in particular. 3-C -
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MT-43
MT-43006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
Error
 Code Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy
Detailed 
Information 
Format
Analysis
 Flow
2320 Nonvolatile memory 
reading error
Cannot read data from the nonvolatile 
memory during start of the equipment. 
Or the read data is damaged.
Malfunction of the nonvolatile memory on the SND24A/SND31A board or initial 
operations of the SND24A/SND31A board as a system (Immediately after 
manufacturing assembly or immediately after replacing the SND24A/SND31A 
board)
1. If this occurs everytime the system is started, replace the SND24A/SND31A 
board.
3-E -
2321 Nonvolatile memory 
writing error
Failed in writing data to the nonvolatile 
memory.
Malfunction of the nonvolatile memory on the SND24A/SND31A board
1. Replace the SND24A/SND31A board. 3-E -
2402 Density measurement 
sequence error
Failed in software control sequence 
during density measurement.
Software installation error, malfunction of the MCT board
1. Re-install the software.
2. Replace the MCT board.
None -
2403 Density measurement 
data error
The density value measured by the 
density measurement section is 
abnormal.
The density value measured by the density measurement section is abnormal.
1. Check if the density measurement sections such as density measurement 
LED, LED board, PDD board, connectors between boards, density 
measurement sensor power fuse, etc. are normal.
2.	 Check	if	the	film	sensitivity	is	normal.
Incorrect software installation or malfunction of the SND, MCT boards.
3. Re-install the software.
4. Replace the LED board, PDD board, and SND24A/SND31A board.
5. Replace the MCT board.
None -
2404 Density measurement 
data write error
Failed	in	creating	files	when	writing	
density measurement AD data.
Software installation error, malfunction of the MCT board
1. Re-install the software.
2. Replace the MCT board.
4-A -
2405 No density 
measurement data
No density measurement AD data in 
the DRAM of the PRT.
No density measurement data as density measurement was not performed.
After performing density measurement, acquire AD data. None -
2406
Density measurement 
starting point detection 
error
Failed to detect starting point of the 
density pattern from the number of 
effective AD data measured by the 
density measurement section.
1.	 Check	if	the	density	pattern	of	the	film	is	normal.
2.	 Check	if	the	film	conveyance	position	and	speed	are	correct.
Incorrect software installation or malfunction of the SND, MCT boards.
3. Re-install the software.
4. Replace the LED board, PDD board, and SND24A/SND31A board.
5. Replace the MCT board.
None -
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MT-44
MT-44006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
Error
 Code Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy
Detailed 
Information 
Format
Analysis
 Flow
2407
Density measurement 
ending point detection 
error
Failed to detect the ending point of 
the density pattern from the number 
of effectiveAD data measured by the 
density measurement section.
1.	 Check	if	the	density	pattern	of	the	film	is	normal.
2.	 Check	if	the	film	conveyance	position	and	speed	are	correct.
Incorrect software installation or malfunction of the SND, MCT boards.
3. Re-install the software.
4. Replace the LED board, PDD board, and SND24A/SND31A board.
5. Replace the MCT board.
None -
2408
Insufficient	number	
of effective density 
measurement data
The number of effective density 
measurement data measured by 
the density measurement section is 
insufficient.
The number of effective AD data measured by the density measurement section 
is less than the minimum number of effective data (Note).
1.	 Check	if	the	density	of	the	film	is	normal.
2.	 Check	if	the	film	conveyance	position	and	speed	are	correct.
Incorrect software installation or malfunction of the SND, MCT boards.
3. Re-install the software.
4. Replace the LED board, PDD board, and SND24A/SND31A board.
5. Replace the MCT board.
Note:
The number of effective data is 90% of the number of data logically measured. 
The number of effective data required for 24-steps pattern is above 5613, that 
for 17-steps pattern is above 4158, and that for QC pattern is above 1300.
4-B -
2510 Polygon error
(WARNING)
Detected polygon rotation error during 
scanner initialization diagnosis.
Malfunction of scanner unit, PRN board, LDD board.
Check again by scanner check using the M-Utility, and perform the following for 
malfunctioned parts.
1. Check the connectors between the scanner unit, LDD board, etc. and PRN 
board, and replace as necessary.
2. Replace the scanner unit.
3. Replace the PRN board.
4. Replace the LDD board.
Number of 
diagnosis -
270B Panel control parameter 
file	read	error
Failed in reading the panel control 
parameter	file	during	system	start.
Software installation error, malfunction of the MCT board.
1. Re-install the software.
2. Replace the MCT board.
None -
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MT-45
MT-45006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
Error
 Code Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy
Detailed 
Information 
Format
Analysis
 Flow
2811 Edge sensor average 
value data error
The	average	value	read	by	the	film	
edge sensor is abnormal (outside 
range).
Film	is	not	conveyed	to	the	correct	position,	malfunction	of	the	film	edge	sensor	
LED,	malfunction	of	the	film	edge	sensor,	malfunction	of	the	SND24A/SND31A	
board.
1.	 Check	the	film	edge	sensor	by	sensor	monitoring.
2.	 Replace	the	film	edge	sensor	if	operations	are	unstable	in	the	above.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
4.	 If	the	problem	still	persists,	check	the	mechanism	if	film	conveyance	is	
carried out properly.
8-B -
2812 No acquired data
No	data	or	cannot	create	file	when	
acquiring	film	edge	sensor	related	data	
files.
Data	file	cannot	be	created	because	printing	was	not	carried	out	once	or	there	is	
no	data	acquired	from	the	film	edge	sensor.
After	printing,	acquire	the	file.
8-C -
2813 Data write failure Failed	in	data	write	when	creating	film	
edge	sensor	related	data	file.
Software installation error, malfunction of the MCT board.
1. Re-install the software.
2. Replace the MCT board.
8-A -
2814 PLL initial value illegal 
data acquisition
Value of the PLL initial value data 
received from the FMT unit during 
system start was 0.
Software installation error, malfunction of the HDD.
1. Re-install the software.
2. Replace the HDD.
0 -
2815 PLL current value 
illegal data acquisition
Value of the PLL current value data 
received from the FMT unit during 
system start was 0.
Software installation error, malfunction of the HDD.
1. Re-install the software.
2. Replace the HDD.
0 -
2816 File open failure Failed	in	opening	the	file	when	creating	
film	edge	sensor	related	data	file.
Software installation error, malfunction of the MCT board.
1. Re-install the software.
2. Replace the MCT board.
8-A -
2818
Film edge sensor 
nonvolatile memory 
area read failure
Film edge sensor data area in the 
nonvolatile memory was damaged 
during system start.
Malfunction of the nonvolatile memory on the SND24A/SND31A board or initial 
operations of the SND24A/SND31A board as a system
(Immediately after manufacturing assembly or immediately after replacing the 
SND24A/SND31A board)
1. If this occurs everytime the system is started, replace the SND24A/SND31A 
board.
FFFF -
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MT-46
MT-46006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
Error
 Code Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy
Detailed 
Information 
Format
Analysis
 Flow
2819
Film edge sensor 
acquired value data 
error
The	film	edge	sensor	read	value	(data)	
was abnormal (outside range).
Film	is	not	conveyed	to	the	correct	position,	malfunction	of	the	film	edge	sensor	
LED,	malfunction	of	the	film	edge	sensor,	malfunction	of	the	SND24A/SND31A	
board.
1.	 Check	the	film	edge	sensor	by	sensor	monitoring.
2.	 If	operations	are	still	unstable	after	the	above,	replace	the	film	edge	sensor.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
4.	 If	the	problem	still	persists,	check	the	mechanism	if	film	conveyance	is	
carried out properly.
8-B -
2820
Film edge sensor 
acquisition value data 
error (Pre-reading 
home position check)
Value was abnormal (outside range) 
in	the	home	position	check	before	film	
edge sensor data reading.
Film edge sensor has not returned to home position.
Or	malfunction	of	film	edge	sensor	LED,	film	edge	sensor,	SND24A/SND31A	
board.
1.	 Check	the	film	edge	sensor	by	sensor	monitoring.	
2.	 If	operations	are	still	unstable	after	the	above,	replace	the	film	edge	sensor.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
8-B -
2907 Temperature 
measurement error
At system start, the initial measured 
value (average of four) of the 
temperature of a heater was outside 
the -15°C to 150°C
range approximately 5 seconds 
after the setup of the TMS driver 
(temperature measurement task).
The plate temperature measurement is abnormal.
Malfunction of plate temperature detection thermistor, disconnection of the I/F 
cable between the thermistor and SND24A/SND31A board.
1. Check that the connectors of the thermistor and SND24A/SND31A board are 
set properly.
2. Check the temperature of each thermistor using the M-Utility.
 Check the temperature of each thermistor visually.
 Check if the temperature is a feasible value (about 0°C to 130°C).
 The thermistor/SND may be faulty. Proceed to step 3.
3. Replace the thermistor.
4. Replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
5. Replace the I/F cable between the thermistor and SND24A/SND31A board.
Incorrect software installation or malfunction of the MCT board.
1. Re-install the software.
2. Replace the MCT board.
9-A -
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MT-47
MT-47006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
Error
 Code Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy
Detailed 
Information 
Format
Analysis
 Flow
2911 Low temperature error 
The temperature of a heater remained 
lower than the target temperature 
even	after	the	specified	time	from	the	
start of temperature control (detection 
interval: 600ms, measured 1000 times 
continuously) and did not become the 
appropriate temperature.
Note:
1. The target temperature (approx. 90
°C to 130°C) varies according to 
internal conditions.
<Specified	time>
100 V model: 15 minutes
200 V model: 10 minutes
The plate temperature is low.
Disconnection of the heater, malfunction of the temperature detection thermistor, 
disconnection of the heater or I/F cable between the heater and SND24A/
SND31A board, reset of heater by the thermal protector, or malfunction of the 
heater port of the MCT board.
1. Check that the heater connector, I/F cable to the heater, and connectors of 
the SND24A/SND31A board are set correctly, and check that the thermal 
protector reset has been cleared.
2. Check the operations of each heater using the M-Utility.
 Check the peripheral temperature of each heater with the hand.
 If hot, the heater is OK.The thermistor/MCT/SND24A/SND31A board may be faulty. Proceed to step 
4.
 If not hot, the heater/MCT/SND24A/SND31A board may be faulty. Proceed to 
step 3.
3. Replace the heater.
4. Replace the MCT board.
5. Replace the thermistor.
6. Replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
7. Replace the I/F cable between the heater and SND24A/SND31A board.
Incorrect software installation or malfunction of the MCT board.
1. Re-install the software.
2. Replace the MCT board.
9-A -
2918
Film cooling 
section thermistor 
disconnection error
The	film	cooling	section	thermistor	has	
disconnected (Detected temperature 
dropped below -20°C.).
Disconnection of the I/F cable between the SND24A/SND31A board and 
thermistor, or malfunction of the thermistor or thermistor port of the SND24A/
SND31A board.
1. Check that the thermistor connector, I/F cable to the thermistor, and 
connector of the SND24A/SND31A board are set correctly.
2. Replace the thermistor.
3. Replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
4. Replace the cable between the thermistor and SND24A/SND31A board.
9-C -
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MT-48
MT-48006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
Error
 Code Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy
Detailed 
Information 
Format
Analysis
 Flow
2919
Recording 
section thermistor 
disconnection error
The recording section thermistor has 
disconnected (Detected temperature 
dropped below -20°C.).
Disconnection of the I/F cable between the SND24A/SND31A board and 
thermistor, or malfunction of the thermistor or thermistor port of the SND24A/
SND31A board.
1. Check that the thermistor connector, I/F cable to the thermistor, and 
connector of the SND24A/SND31A board are set correctly.
2. Replace the thermistor.
3. Replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
4. Replace the cable between the thermistor and SND24A/SND31A board.
9-C -
2921 Temperature control 
abnormally low error
During temperature control, the 
temperature of a heater dropped 
below the appropriate temperature 
range (within target temperature ±1°C), 
and did not return to the appropriate 
temperature even after 5 minutes 
(detection interval 600ms, measured 
500 times continuously).
Note:
1. The target temperature (approx. 90
°C to 130°C) varies according to 
internal conditions.
Disconnection of the heater, malfunction of the temperature detection thermistor, 
disconnection of the heater or I/F cable between the heater and SND24A/
SND31A board, reset of heater by the thermal protector, or malfunction of the 
heater port of the MCT board.
1. Check that the heater connector, I/F cable to the heater, and connectors of 
the SND24A/SND31A board are set correctly, and check that the thermal 
protector reset has been cleared.
2. Check the operations of each heater using the M-Utility.
 Check the peripheral temperature of each heater with the hand.
 If hot, the heater is OK.
 The thermistor/MCT/SND24A/SND31A board may be faulty. Proceed to step 
4.
 If not hot, the heater/MCT/SND24A/SND31A board may be faulty. Proceed to 
step 3.
3. Replace the heater.
4. Replace the MCT board.
5. Replace the thermistor.
6. Replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
7. Replace the I/F cable between the heater and SND24A/SND31A board.
Incorrect software installation or malfunction of the MCT board.
1. Re-install the software.
2. Replace the MCT board.
9-A -
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MT-49
MT-49006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
Error
 Code Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy
Detailed 
Information 
Format
Analysis
 Flow
2930 Temperature control 
timeout 
The temperature of all plates did not 
become the appropriate temperature 
(within target temperature ±1°C) even 
after 20 minutes from the start of 
initialization.
Note:
1. Generally, as the temperature 
control abnormally low error (2921) 
and heater disconnection error 
(0961), etc. occur before this error, 
the rate of occurrence of this error 
is low.
2. The target temperature (approx. 90
°C to 130°C) varies according to 
internal conditions.
The plate temperature is abnormal.
Disconnection of the plate temperature detection thermistor, disconnection of 
the heater or I/F cable between the heater and SND24A/SND31A board, reset 
of heater by the thermal protector, or malfunction of the heater port of the MCT 
board.
1. Check that the heater connector, I/F cable to the heater, and connectors of 
the SND24A/SND31A board are set correctly, and check that the thermal 
protector reset has been cleared.
2. Check the operations of each heater using the M-Utility.
 Check the peripheral temperature of each heater with the hand.
 If hot, the heater is OK.
 The thermistor/MCT/SND24A/SND31A board may be faulty. Proceed to step 
5.
 If not hot, the heater/MCT/SND24A/SND31A board may be faulty. Proceed to 
step 4.
3. Check the operations of the heat development unit fan using the M-Utility.
 The FAN is OK if operations are normal.
	 The	film	cooling	section	and	recording	section	thermistor/MCT/SND24A/
SND31A board may be faulty. Proceed to step 5.
 If operations are abnormal, the connector or fan is defective.
 Replace the connector and heat development unit fan.
4. Replace the heater.
5. Replace the MCT board.
6. Replace the thermistor.
7. Replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
8.	 Replace	the	film	cooling	section	thermistor.
9. Replace the I/F cable between the heater and SND24A/SND31A board.
Incorrect software installation or malfunction of the MCT board.
1. Re-install the software.
2. Replace the MCT board.
9-F -
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MT-50
MT-50006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
Error
 Code Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy
Detailed 
Information 
Format
Analysis
 Flow
2931 Temperature 
abnormally high error
During temperature control, the 
temperature of a heater exceeded the 
appropriate temperature range (within 
target temperature ±1°C), and did not 
return to the appropriate temperature 
even after 5 minutes (detection 
interval 600ms, measured 500 times 
continuously).
Note:
1. The target temperature (approx. 90
°C to 130°C) varies according to 
internal conditions.
The plate temperature is high.
Malfunction of the MCT board, heat development unit fan, temperature detection 
thermistor, heater, or heater port of the MCT board.
1. Check that the heater connector, I/F cable to the heater, and connector of the 
SND24A/SND31A board are set correctly.
2. Check the operations of the heat development unit fan using the M-Utility.
 The FAN is OK if operations are normal.
 The heater/thermistor/SND24A/SND31A board may be faulty. Proceed to 
step 3.
 If operations are abnormal, the connector or fan is defective.
 Replace the connector and heat development unit fan.
3. Check the operations of each heater using the M-Utility.
 Check the peripheral temperature of each heater with the hand.
 If not hot, the heater is OK.
 The thermistor/SND24A/SND31A board may be faulty. Proceed to step 6.
 If hot, the heater/MCT/SND24A/SND31A board may be faulty. Proceed to 
step 4.
4. Replace the heater.
5. Replace the MCT board.
6. Replace the thermistor.
7. Replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
8. Replace the recording section thermistor.
9. Replace the I/F cable between the heater and SND24A/SND31A board.
Incorrect software installation or malfunction of the MCT board.
1. Re-install the software.
2. Replace the MCT board.
9-A -
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MT-51
MT-51006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
Error
 Code Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy
Detailed 
Information 
Format
Analysis
 Flow
2932 Temperature control 
abnormally high 2 error
During temperature control, the 
temperature of a heater exceeded the 
appropriate temperature range (within 
target temperature ±1°C), and did not 
return to the appropriate temperature 
even after 10 minutes (detection 
interval 600ms, measured 1000 times 
continuously).
Note:
1. The target temperature (approx. 90
°C to 130°C) varies according to 
internal conditions.
The plate temperature is high.
Malfunction of the MCT board, heat developmentunit fan, temperature detection 
thermistor, heater, or heater port of the MCT board.
1. Check that the heater connector, I/F cable to the heater, and connector of the 
SND24A/SND31A board are set correctly.
2. Check the operations of the heat development unit fan using the M-Utility.
 The FAN is OK if operations are normal.
 The heater/thermistor/SND24A/SND31A board may be faulty. Proceed to 
step 3.
 If operations are abnormal, the connector or fan is defective.
 Replace the connector and heat development unit fan.
3. Check the operations of each heater using the M-Utility.
 Check the peripheral temperature of each heater with the hand.
 If not hot, the heater is OK.
 The thermistor/SND24A/SND31A board may be faulty. Proceed to step 6.
 If hot, the heater/MCT/SND24A/SND31A board may be faulty. Proceed to 
step 4.
4. Replace the heater.
5. Replace the MCT board.
6. Replace the thermistor.
7. Replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
8. Replace the recording section thermistor.
9. Replace the I/F cable between the heater and SND24A/SND31A board.
Incorrect software installation or malfunction of the MCT board.
1. Re-install the software.
2. Replace the MCT board.
9-A -
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MT-52
MT-52006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
Error
 Code Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy
Detailed 
Information 
Format
Analysis
 Flow
2941 Overheat 1 error
The temperature of a heater remained 
higher than the target temperature 
even after 5 minutes from the start 
of temperature control (detection 
interval: 600ms, measured 500 times 
continuously) and did not become the 
appropriate temperature.
Note:
1. The target temperature (approx. 90
°C to 130°C) varies according to 
internal conditions.
The plate temperature is high.
Malfunction of the MCT board, heat development unit fan, temperature detection 
thermistor, heater, or heater port of the MCT board.
1. Check that the heater connector, I/F cable to the heater, and connector of the 
SND24A/SND31A board are set correctly.
2. Check the operations of the heat development unit fan using the M-Utility.
 The FAN is OK if operations are normal.
 The heater/thermistor/SND24A/SND31A board may be faulty. Proceed to 
step 3.
 If operations are abnormal, the connector or fan is defective.
 Replace the connector and heat development unit fan.
3. Check the operations of each heater using the M-Utility.
 Check the peripheral temperature of each heater with the hand.
 If not hot, the heater is OK.
 The thermistor/SND24A/SND31A board may be faulty. Proceed to step 6.
 If hot, the heater/MCT/SND24A/SND31A board may be faulty. Proceed to 
step 4.
4. Replace the heater.
5. Replace the MCT board.
6. Replace the thermistor.
7. Replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
8. Replace the recording section thermistor.
9. Replace the I/F cable between the heater and SND24A/SND31A board.
Incorrect software installation or malfunction of the MCT board.
1. Re-install the software.
2. Replace the MCT board.
9-A -
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MT-53
MT-53006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
Error
 Code Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy
Detailed 
Information 
Format
Analysis
 Flow
2942 Overheat 1-2 error
The temperature of a heater remained 
higher than the target temperature 
even after 10 minutes from the start 
of temperature control (detection 
interval: 600ms, measured 1000 times 
continuously) and did not become the 
appropriate temperature.
Note:
1. The target temperature (approx. 90
°C to 130°C) varies according to 
internal conditions.
The plate temperature is high.
Malfunction of the MCT board, heat development unit fan, temperature detection 
thermistor, heater, or heater port of the MCT board.
1. Check that the heater connector, I/F cable to the heater, and connector of the 
SND24A/SND31A board are set correctly.
2. Check the operations of the heat development unit fan using the M-Utility.
 The FAN is OK if operations are normal.
 The heater/thermistor/SND24A/SND31A board may be faulty. Proceed to 
step 3.
 If operations are abnormal, the connector or fan is defective.
 Replace the connector and heat development unit fan.
3. Check the operations of each heater using the M-Utility.
 Check the peripheral temperature of each heater with the hand.
 If not hot, the heater is OK.
 The thermistor/SND24A/SND31A board may be faulty. Proceed to step 6.
 If hot, the heater/MCT/SND24A/SND31A board may be faulty. Proceed to 
step 4.
4. Replace the heater.
5. Replace the MCT board.
6. Replace the thermistor.
7. Replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
8. Replace the recording section thermistor.
9. Replace the I/F cable between the heater and SND24A/SND31A board.
Incorrect software installation or malfunction of the MCT board.
1. Re-install the software.
2. Replace the MCT board.
9-A -
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MT-54
MT-54006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
Error
 Code Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy
Detailed 
Information 
Format
Analysis
 Flow
2971
Temperature 
measurement noise 
(Level 2)
Difference between two continuous 
temperature measurements 
(detection interval: 600 ms) > 2°C
The plate temperature measurement is abnormal.
Malfunction of the plate temperature detection thermistor, disconnection of the I/
F cable with the SND24A/SND31A board.
1. Check that the connectors of the thermistor and SND24A/SND31A board 
are set properly, and if the AD converter for temperature measurement is 
affected	by	unidentifiable	noise.
2. Check the temperature of each thermistor using the M-Utility.
 Check the temperature of each thermistor visually.
 Check that the measured value becomes the feasible value (about 0°C to 
130°C) and if there is a difference of 2°C within one second.
 The thermistor/SND may be faulty. Proceed to step 3.
3. Replace the thermistor.
4. Replace the SND24A/SND31A board.
5. Replace the I/F cable between the thermistor and SND24A/SND31A board.
Incorrect software installation or malfunction of the MCT board.
1. Re-install the software.
2. Replace the MCT board.
9-A -
2991 Temperature data 
writing error
Failed	in	creating	data	file	when	
acquiring temperature data.
Note:
 As “Acquiring temperature data” is 
a function for design and evaluation 
(DPX7 PC Tool only), this error 
does not occur in actual user 
operations.
Incorrect software installation error, MCT board malfunction.
1. Re-install the software.
2. Replace the MCT board.
9-D -
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MT-55
MT-55006-267-10E
01.31.2011 FM5778
Error
 Code Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy
Detailed 
Information 
Format
Analysis
 Flow
29A0
Heat development 
control parameter value 
error
The target temperature (individual 
data)	or	film	compensation	information	
value obtained from the barcode are 
abnormal.
The	target	temperature	is	abnormal	or	the	film	compensation	information	
parameter is abnormal, or malfunction of the barcode reader.
1. If the target temperature is abnormal, set the target temperature using the 
M-Utility again.
2.	 If	the	film	compensation	information	parameter	(SBC)	is	abnormal,	enter	the	
correct barcode.
3. If the barcode reader has malfunctioned, replace the barcode reader.
Incorrect software installation or malfunction of the MCT board.
1. Re-install the software.
2. Replace the MCT board.
9-H -
29A1
EEPROM temperature 
control individual data 
value error
The temperature control individual 
data read from the EEPROM is outside 
the effective range during system start.
Details: The temperature control individual data read from the EEPROM is 
outside the effective range.
•	EEPROM	has	not	been	initialized.
•	EEPROM	malfunction
•	Electric	malfunction	of	EEPROM
9-H -
29A2
Difference between 
FMT unit temperature 
control individual data 
value and value read 
from EEPROM
The temperature control individual 
data differed between the FMT unit 
and EEPROM when compared during 
system start.
Details: Compared the temperature control individual data between the FMT unit 
and EEPROMand detected difference
•	EEPROM	has	not	been	initialized.
•	EEPROM	malfunction
•	Electric	malfunction	of	EEPROM
9-H -
3202 FPMC error (At start) FPMC motor drive failure Error caused by software bug and incorrect control timing which essentially does 
not occur. 2-C-1 -
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MT-56
MT-56006-267-11E
06.30.2011 FM5886
n Error Codes for Max 3-tray Models (3-tray Specification)
<REMARKS>
These	error	codes	occur	only	with	the	3-tray	specification	of	the	max	3-tray	model.
Error
 Code Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy
Detailed 
Information 
Format
Analysis
 Flow
02D9 Lower tray (tray 3) 
detection sensor error
Attempted to check the lower tray (tray 
3) open/close state in initialization and 
removal, but failed.
Malfunction of SA32 sensor or malfunction of SA32 port of SND31B board.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND31B board.
2-A-1 -
02DB
Lower tray (tray 3) 
shutter detection 
sensor error
Attempted to check whether the lower 
tray (tray 3) shutter is present in 
initialization and removal, but failed.
Malfunction of SA31 sensor or malfunction of SA31 port of SND31B board.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND31B board.
2-A-1 -
02DD Lower tray (tray 3) lock 
release error
Attempted to open lower tray (tray 3), 
but SA13 does not become OPEN.
Malfunction of SA33 sensor or SOLA31 solenoid. Or malfunction of the SA33 
port of the SND31B board, or SOLA31.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors and motors, and perform mechanism 
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND31B board.
2-A-1 -
02E0
Lower tray (tray 3) 
removal unit HP 
deviation detection 
error
Attempted to deviate the removal 
arm from HP (home position) during 
initialization, but SB31 does not 
become OPEN. (Retryover)
Malfunction of SB31 sensor or MB31 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of 
the SB31 port of the SND31B board, or MB31 controller.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors and motors, and perform mechanism 
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND31B board.
2-A-1 -
02E2
Lower tray (tray 3) 
removal unit HP return 
detection error
Attempted to return the removal arm to 
HP (home position) during initialization, 
but SB31 does not become CLOSE. 
(Retryover)
Malfunction of SB31 sensor or MB31 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of 
the SB31 port of the SND31B board, or MB31 controller.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors and motors, and perform mechanism 
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND31B board.
2-A-1 -
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MT-57
MT-57006-267-11E
06.30.2011 FM5886
Error
 Code Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy
Detailed 
Information 
Format
Analysis
 Flow
02E4
Lower tray (tray 3) 
film	upper	dead-point	
detection error
Attempted to lower the removal arm 
from HP (home position) to the upper 
dead-point detection position during 
removal, but SB13 does not become 
OPEN. (Retryover)
Malfunction of SB33 sensor or MB31 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of 
the SB33 port of the SND31B board, or MB31 controller.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors and motors, and perform mechanism 
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND31B board.
2-A-1 -
02E6 Lower	tray	(tray	3)	film	
surface detection error
Attempted to lower the removal arm 
from upper dead-point to surface 
detection position during removal, 
but SB32 does not become CLOSE. 
(Retryover)
Malfunction of SB32 sensor or MB31 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of 
the SB32 port of the SND31B board, or MB31 controller.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors and motors, and perform mechanism 
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND31B board.
2-A-1 -
02E8 Lower	tray	(tray	3)	film	
suction detection error
Attempted to lower the removal arm 
from surface detection position to 
suction detection position during 
removal, but SB32 does not become 
OPEN. (Retryover)
Malfunction of SB32 sensor or MB31 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of 
the SB32 port of the SND31B board, or MB31 controller.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors and motors, and perform mechanism 
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND31B board.
2-A-1 -
02EA
Lower tray (tray 3) 
film	upper	dead-point	
detection error
Attempted to raise the removal arm 
from suction detection position to 
upper dead-point detection position 
during removal, but SB33 does not 
become CLOSE. (Retryover)
Malfunction of SB33 sensor or MB31 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of 
the SB33 port of the SND31B board, or MB31 controller.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors and motors, and perform mechanism 
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND31B board.
2-A-1 -
02EC
Lower tray (tray 3) 
removal unit HP rise 
detection error
Attempted to raise the removal arm 
from upper dead-point detection 
position to HP (home position) during 
removal, but SB31 does not become 
CLOSE. (Retryover)
Malfunction of SB31 sensor or MB31 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of 
the SB31 port of the SND31B board, or MB31 controller.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors and motors, and perform mechanism 
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND31B board.
2-A-1 -
02EE
Lower tray (tray 3) 
removal unit HP 
deviation detection 
error
Attempted to deviate the removal arm 
from HP (home position) after removal 
operation, but SB31 does not become 
OPEN. (Retryover)
Malfunction of SB31 sensor or MB31 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of 
the SB31 port of the SND31B board, or MB31 controller.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors and motors, and perform mechanism 
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND31B board.
2-A-1 -
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MT-58
MT-58006-267-11E
06.30.2011 FM5886
Error
 Code Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy
Detailed 
Information 
Format
Analysis
 Flow
02F0
Lower tray (tray 3) 
removal unit HP return 
detection error
Attempted to return the removal arm 
to HP (home position) after removal 
operation, but SB31 does not become 
CLOSE. (Retryover)
Malfunction of SB31 sensor or MB31 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of 
the SB31 port of the SND31B board, or MB31 controller.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors and motors, and perform mechanism 
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND31B board.
2-A-1 -
02F4
Lower tray (tray 3) 
shutter present at 
startup
The shutter is inserted in the lower tray 
(tray 3) (degenerated state) at startup 
initialization by user operations. Or no 
trays can be used due to this error.
The shutter is inserted (degenerated state). Or malfunction of the SA31 sensor. 
Or malfunction of SA31 port of SND31B board.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors and motors, and perform mechanism 
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND31B board.
2-A-1 -
02F6 Lower tray (tray 3) use 
discontinued
After jamming in the removal unit, use 
of the tray is disabled by the pressing 
of the lower tray (tray 3) disable buttonby user operations (degenerated 
state). Or no trays can be used due to 
this error.
Same as left. 2-A-1 -
02F7 Sensor power supply 
fuse disconnection
Disconnection of sensor power supply 
fuse on SND31B board.
Malfunction due to disconnection of VCCS sensor power supply fuse on 
SND31B board.
1. Using M-Utility, perform monitoring and mechanism adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace the fuse.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND31B board.
2-A-5 -
02F8
Film loading unit/
removal unit 
power supply fuse 
disconnection
Disconnection	of	film	loading	unit/
removal unit power supply fuse on 
SND31B board.
Malfunction	due	to	disconnection	of	F24VA	film	loading	unit/removal	unit	power	
supply fuse on SND31B board.
1. Using M-Utility, perform monitoring and mechanism adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace the fuse.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND31B board.
2-A-5 -
02FA PSU fan error Fan of PSU unit is locked Replace the PSU fan. 2-A-5 -
12DA Lower tray (tray 3) 
open error
The lower tray (tray 3) was open 
during initialization or removal. Close the lower tray (tray 3). 2-A-1 -
12DC Lower tray (tray 3) 
shutter present
The shutter was inserted in the lower 
tray (tray 3) during initialization or 
removal.
Remove the shutter of the lower tray (tray 3). 2-A-1 -
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MT-59
MT-59006-267-11E
06.30.2011 FM5886
Error
 Code Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy
Detailed 
Information 
Format
Analysis
 Flow
12DE
Lower tray (tray 3) 
shutter not inserted 
error
Tried to open lower tray (tray 3), but 
the shutter was not inserted. Open the lower tray (tray 3) after inserting the shutter. 2-A-1 -
12F2 Lower tray (tray 3) 
removal unit jam error
At completion of removal process, did 
not	detect	normal	SD1	CLOSE	(film	
leading edge detection). (Retryover)
Film dropped during removal. Or malfunction of SD1 sensor or MB32 motor. Or 
mechanism error, or malfunction of the SD1 port of the SND31B board, or MB32 
controller.
1.	 Check	if	film	has	dropped.
2. Using M-Utility, check sensors and motors, and perform mechanism 
adjustments.
3. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
4. If the problem still persists, replace the SND31B board.
2-A-1 -
12F3
Lower tray (tray 3) 
removal unit jam error 
(Discharge remainder)
The	film	was	conveyed	to	the	conveyor	
unit by discharge remainder, but the 
SD1	was	not	detected	as	closed	(film	
leading edge detection).
The remainder is not discharged normally from the removal unit. Or malfunction 
of SD1 sensor or MB32 motor. Or mechanism error, or malfunction of the SD1 
port of the SND31B board, or MB32 controller.
1.	 Check	if	film	has	dropped.
2. Using M-Utility, check sensors and motors, and perform mechanism 
adjustments.
3. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
4. If the problem still persists, replace the SND31B board.
2-A-1 -
22DF
Lower tray (tray 3) 
removal unit HP 
deviation detection 
error
Attempted to deviate the removal 
arm from HP (home position) during 
initialization, but SB31 does not 
become OPEN. (Currently retrying)
Malfunction of SB31 sensor or MB31 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of 
the SB31 port of the SND31B board, or MB31 controller.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors and motors, and perform mechanism 
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND31B board.
2-A-1 -
22E1
Lower tray (tray 3) 
removal unit HP return 
detection 
Attempted to return the removal arm to 
HP (home position) during initialization, 
but SB31 does not become CLOSE. 
(Currently retrying)
Malfunction of SB31 sensor or MB31 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of 
the SB31 port of the SND31B board, or MB31 controller.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors and motors, and perform mechanism 
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND31B board.
2-A-1 -
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MT-60
MT-60006-267-11E
06.30.2011 FM5886
Error
 Code Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy
Detailed 
Information 
Format
Analysis
 Flow
22E3
Lower tray (tray 3) 
film	upper	dead-point	
detection error
Attempted to lower the removal arm 
from HP (home position) to the upper 
dead-point detection position during 
removal, but SB13 does not become 
OPEN. (Currently retrying)
Malfunction of SB33 sensor or MB31 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of 
the SB33 port of the SND31B board, or MB31 controller.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors and motors, and perform mechanism 
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND31B board.
2-A-1 -
22E5 Lower	tray	(tray	3)	film	
surface detection error
Attempted to lower the removal arm 
from upper dead-point to surface 
detection position during removal, 
but SB32 does not become CLOSE. 
(Currently retrying)
Malfunction of SB32 sensor or MB31 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of 
the SB32 port of the SND31B board, or MB31 controller.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors and motors, and perform mechanism 
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND31B board.
2-A-1 -
22E7 Lower	tray	(tray	3)	film	
suction detection error
Attempted to lower the removal arm 
from surface detection position to 
suction detection position during 
removal, but SB12 does not become 
OPEN. (Currently retrying)
Malfunction of SB32 sensor or MB31 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of 
the SB32 port of the SND31B board, or MB31 controller.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors and motors, and perform mechanism 
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND31B board.
2-A-1 -
22E9
Lower tray (tray 3) 
film	upper	dead-point	
detection error
Attempted to raise the removal arm 
from suction detection position to 
upper dead-point detection position 
during removal, but SB33 does not 
become CLOSE. (Currently retrying)
Malfunction of SB33 sensor or MB31 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of 
the SB33 port of the SND31B board, or MB31 controller.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors and motors, and perform mechanism 
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND31B board.
2-A-1 -
22ED
Lower tray (tray 3) 
removal unit HP 
deviation detection 
error
Attempted to deviate the removal arm 
from HP (home position) after removal 
operation, but SB31 does not become 
OPEN. (Currently retrying)
Malfunction of SB31 sensor or MB31 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of 
the SB31 port of the SND31B board, or MB31 controller.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors and motors, and perform mechanism 
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND31B board.
2-A-1 -
22EF
Lower tray (tray 3) 
removal unit HP return 
detection error
Attempted to return the removal arm 
to HP (home position) upon removal 
completion, but SB31 does not 
become CLOSE. (Currently retrying)
Malfunction of SB31 sensor or MB31 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of 
the SB31 port of the SND31B board, or MB31 controller.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors and motors, and perform mechanism 
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND31B board.
2-A-1 -
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MT-61
MT-61006-267-11E
06.30.2011 FM5886
Error
 Code Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy
Detailed 
Information 
Format
Analysis
 Flow
22F1
Lower tray (tray 3) 
conveyor unit entrance 
detection error
At completion of removal process, did 
not	detect	normal	SD1	CLOSE	(film	
leading edge detection). (Currently 
retrying)
Film dropped duringremoval. Or malfunction of SD1 sensor or MB32 motor. Or 
mechanism error, or malfunction of the SD1 port of the SND31B board, or MB32 
controller.
1.	 Check	if	film	has	dropped.
2. Using M-Utility, check sensors and motors, and perform mechanism 
adjustments.
3. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
4. If the problem still persists, replace the SND31B board.
2-A-1 -
22F5 Lower tray (tray 3) 
barcode reading error Cannot read the barcode. Barcode reader is not connected. Or there is no data, or the data cannot be 
read. (For hardware malfunction analysis) 2-F-1 -
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MT-62
MT-62006-267-11E
06.30.2011 FM5886
2.3.2 Formatter
n DICOM
Error
code
Detailed 
code Log Significance Remedy Detailed information
0001 0001 DPM Invoke fail Failed in starting DICOM main 
thread.
Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual 
data, reboot system, and observe conditions. None
0001 0002 Invalid Dicom.dat Invalid Dicom.dat contents
•	 Perform	Client	settings	again.
•	 Save	equipment	individual	data	(requires	(Dicom.
dat) analysis).
Tag number with error
0001 0003 DPC Invoke fail Failed in starting DICOM 
communication main thread.
Save equipment individual data (requires Netinf.prm 
analysis). Port number
0001 0004 Invalid Netinf.prm Invalid Netinf.prm contents
•	 Perform	network	settings	again	using	the	M-Utility.
•	 Save	equipment	individual	data	(requires	(Netinf.
prm) analysis).
1:No	file
2:Non existing keyword
3:Non existing value 
0001 FFFF Insufficient	memory Insufficient	virtual	memory Replace the HDD. None
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MT-63
MT-63006-267-11E
06.30.2011 FM5886
n Spooler
Error
code
Detailed 
code Log Significance Remedy Detailed information
0002 0001 Error occurred with creating 
thread.%n%1
Failed in creating thread. (Internal 
error)
Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual 
data, reboot system, and observe conditions.
Place of occurrence in source 
code
0002 0002 Error occurred with posting 
message to thread.%n%1
Failed in sending messages. 
(Internal error)
Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual 
data, reboot system, and observe conditions.
Place of occurrence in source 
code
0002 0003 Insufficient	memory.%n%1 Failed in securing memory. (Internal 
error)
Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual 
data, reboot system, and observe conditions.
Place of occurrence in source 
code
0002 0004 Creation of PrintJob dispatch 
driver failed.%n%1
Failed in creating Print Job objects 
in recovering unprocessed JOBs.
•	 Reboot	system.
•	 If	error	occurs	again,	execute	the	following.
1.	 Replace	the	HDD	(requires	xxx.job/xxx.flm	
analysis). 
Place of occurrence in source 
code
0002 0005 PrintJob	file	read	error.%n%1 Failed	in	reading	PrintJob	files.
•	 Reboot	system.
•	 If	error	occurs	again,	execute	the	following.
1.	 Replace	the	HDD	(requires	xxx.job/xxx.flm	
analysis). 
Place of occurrence in source 
code
0002 0007 Getting to item data failed.%n%1 Failed in acquiring PrintJob and 
FILM object data.
•	 Reboot	system.
•	 If	error	occurs	again,	execute	the	following.
1.	 Replace	the	HDD	(requires	xxx.job/xxx.flm	
analysis). 
Place of occurrence in source 
code
0002 0008 Addition of spooler queue 
failed.%n%1 Failed in registering spooler queue.
•	 Reboot	system.
•	 If	error	occurs	again,	execute	the	following.
1.	 Replace	the	HDD	(requires	xxx.job/xxx.flm	
analysis). 
Place of occurrence in source 
code
0002 0009 Film Object is invalid.%n%1 Invalid	film	object,	or	insufficient	
data
•	 Reboot	system.
•	 If	error	occurs	again,	execute	the	following.
1.	 Replace	the	HDD	(requires	xxx.job/xxx.flm	
analysis). 
Place of occurrence in source 
code
0002 000A Deleting	raw	file	is	failed.%n%1 Failed	in	deleting	RAW	data	file. Save equipment individual data (requires log 
analysis), reboot system, and observe conditions.
Place of occurrence in source 
code
0002 000B Status is invalid.%n%1 Invalid status Save equipment individual data (requires log 
analysis), reboot system, and observe conditions.
Place of occurrence in source 
code, status
0002 000C PrintJob dispatch pointer is 
invalid.%n%1 Failed in accessing PrintJob. Save equipment individual data (requires log 
analysis), reboot system, and observe conditions.
Place of occurrence in source 
code
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MT-64
MT-64006-267-11E
06.30.2011 FM5886
Error
code
Detailed 
code Log Significance Remedy Detailed information
0002 000D Film Object Number is 
invalid.%n%1 Specified	Film	number	is	invalid. Save equipment individual data (requires log 
analysis), reboot system, and observe conditions.
Place of occurrence in source 
code
0002 000E PrintJob was not found for 
Delete.%n%1
Could	not	find	Print	Job	deleted	
when requesting queue deletion.
Save equipment individual data (requires log 
analysis), reboot system, and observe conditions.
Place of occurrence in source 
code
0002 0010 Change priority is invalid.%n%1 Specified	change	priority	level	is	
invalid.
Save equipment individual data (requires log 
analysis), reboot system, and observe conditions.
Place of occurrence in source 
code
0002 0013 PrintID is invalid.%n%1 Requested print ID is illegal. Save equipment individual data (requires log 
analysis), reboot system, and observe conditions.
Place of occurrence in source 
code
0002 0014 Moving File failed.%n%1 Failed	in	moving	file. Save equipment individual data (requires log 
analysis), reboot system, and observe conditions.
Place of occurrence in source 
code
0002 0015 Invalid Case Happen.%n%1 Unexpected case occurred. Save equipment individual data (requires log 
analysis), reboot system, and observe conditions.
Place of occurrence in source 
code
2002 0012 File error.%n[%1] Failed	in	opening	and	creating	files. Save equipment individual data (requires log 
analysis).
Place of occurrence in source 
code,	file	name
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MT-65
MT-65006-267-11E
06.30.2011 FM5886
n ImgPrc
Error
code
Detailed 
code Log Significance Remedy Detailed information
0003 0001 System call has failed. %n[%1] Error occurred due to system call. Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual 
data, reboot system, and observe conditions.
Place of occurrence in source 
code
0003 0002 Memory allocate failed.%n[%1] Failed in acquiring memory. Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual 
data, reboot system, and observe conditions.
Place of occurrence in source 
code
0003 0003 Object create failed.%n[%1] Failed in creating image processing 
objects.
Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment individual 
data, reboot system, and observe conditions.
Place of occurrence in source 
code
2003 0004 Data not found.%n[%1]
Data to be acquired was not found 
in PrintJOB, FILM object, nor image 
processing parameter.
•	 Re-register	the	client	from	the	PC	for	servicing.
•	 Save	equipment	individual	data	(requires	imginf.
prm analysis), and acquire error job information 
(requires	xxx.job/xxx.flm	analysis).
Place of occurrence in source 
code
2003 0005 File error.%n[%1] Failed	in	opening	and	creating	files.
•	 Re-register	the	client	from	the	PC	for	servicing.
•	 Save	equipment	individual	data	(requires	imginf.
prm analysis), and acquire error job information 
(requires	xxx.job/xxx.flm	analysis).
Place of occurrence in source 
code,	file	name
2003 0006 Image process error.%n[%1] Execution of image processing 
resulted in error.
•	 Re-register	the	client	from	the	PC	for	servicing.
•	 Save	equipment	individual	data	(requires	imginf.
prm analysis), and acquire error job information 
(requires	xxx.job/xxx.flm	analysis).
Place of occurrence in source 
code
2003 0007 Invalid margin value.%n[%1]
As the leading edge margin 
parameter is outside the range, use 
the default value.
Equipment individual data save (TOP_MARGIN.txt) 
analysis is required. Type, outside range value
2003 0009 Invalid Sidechange parameter Parameter error of left right density 
difference	rotation	file.	
Requires analysis ofleft right density difference 
rotation	file	(Sidechg.prm). Parameter
2003 000A Invalid Sidechange parameter
Threshold value of left right density 
difference	rotation	file	parameter	is	
inappropriate. 
Requires review of threshold value inside left right 
density	difference	rotation	file	(Sidechg.prm).
Average density value and 
threshold values of various areas
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MT-66
MT-66006-267-11E
06.30.2011 FM5886
n Output
Error
code
Detailed 
code Log Significance Remedy Detailed information
0004 1EB1 Output Invoke failed when 
Create main thread.
Failed in starting output main 
thread.
1. Check SDRAM capacity.
2. Check connection between the MTH board and 
HDD/MCT board/PRN board.
3. Reboot system.
•	 If	error	still	persists	after	the	above,	save	
equipment individual data (requires log analysis), 
and replace the HDD.
None
0004 1EB2 Output Invoke failed when 
Create transmit thread.
Failed in starting output transfer 
thread.
1. Check SDRAM capacity.
2. Check connection between the MTH board and 
HDD/MCT board/PRN board.
3. Reboot system.
•	 If	error	still	persists	after	the	above,	save	
equipment individual data (requires log analysis), 
and replace the HDD.
None
0004 1EB3 Output Invoke failed when 
Create mct16drv thread.
Failed in starting output mechanical 
driver thread.
1. Check SDRAM capacity.
2. Check connection between the MTH board and 
HDD/MCT board/PRN board.
3. Reboot system.
•	 If	error	still	persists	after	the	above,	save	
equipment individual data (requires log analysis), 
and replace the HDD.
None
0004 1EB4 Output Invoke failed when 
Create prn16drv thread.
Failed in starting output scanner 
driver thread.
1. Check SDRAM capacity.
2. Check connection between the MTH board and 
HDD/MCT board/PRN board.
3. Reboot system.
•	 If	error	still	persists	after	the	above,	save	
equipment individual data (requires log analysis), 
and replace the HDD.
None
0004 1EB5 Cannot Initialize device 
mct16drv.
Failed in initializing mechanical 
driver.
1. Check SDRAM capacity.
2. Check connection between the MTH board and 
HDD/MCT board/PRN board.
3. Reboot system.
•	 If	error	still	persists	after	the	above,	save	
equipment individual data (requires log analysis), 
and replace the HDD.
None
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MT-67
MT-67006-267-11E
06.30.2011 FM5886
Error
code
Detailed 
code Log Significance Remedy Detailed information
0004 1EB6 Cannot Initialize device 
prn16drv. Failed in initializing scanner driver.
1. Check SDRAM capacity.
2. Check connection between the MTH board and 
HDD/MCT board/PRN board.
3. Reboot system.
•	 If	error	still	persists	after	the	above,	save	
equipment individual data (requires log analysis), 
and replace the HDD.
None
0004 1EB7 Cannot Set event to device 
mct16drv.
Failed in registering events in 
mechanical driver.
1. Check SDRAM capacity.
2. Check connection between the MTH board and 
HDD/MCT board/PRN board.
3. Reboot system.
•	 If	error	still	persists	after	the	above,	save	
equipment individual data (requires log analysis), 
and replace the HDD.
None
0004 1EB8 Cannot Set event to device 
prn16drv.
Failed in registering events in 
scanner driver.
1. Check SDRAM capacity.
2. Check connection between the MTH board and 
HDD/MCT board/PRN board.
3. Reboot system.
•	 If	error	still	persists	after	the	above,	save	
equipment individual data (requires log analysis), 
and replace the HDD.
None
0004 1F15 Response Timeout in device 
mct16drv.
Command response timeout from 
mechanical driver.
1. Check SDRAM capacity.
2. Check connection between the MTH board and 
HDD/MCT board/PRN board.
3. Reboot system.
•	 If	error	still	persists	after	the	above,	save	
equipment individual data (requires log analysis), 
and replace the HDD.
None
0004 1F16 Response Timeout in device 
prn16drv.
Command response timeout from 
scanner driver.
1. Check SDRAM capacity.
2. Check connection between the MTH board and 
HDD/MCT board/PRN board.
3. Reboot system.
•	 If	error	still	persists	after	the	above,	save	
equipment individual data (requires log analysis), 
and replace the HDD.
None
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MT-68
MT-68006-267-11E
06.30.2011 FM5886
Error
code
Detailed 
code Log Significance Remedy Detailed information
0004 1F79 Matrix Action failed. 
Position=(%d, %d)
Invalid state transition occurred 
internally
1. Check SDRAM capacity.
2. Check connection between the MTH board and 
HDD/MCT board/PRN board.
3. Reboot system.
•	 If	error	still	persists	after	the	above,	save	
equipment individual data (requires log analysis), 
and replace the HDD.
Position in state transition table 
(line, col)
line : (0~6)
col : (0~37)
0004 1F7A Invalid Parameter received. Unexpected results code was 
returned.
1. Check SDRAM capacity.
2. Check connection between the MTH board and 
HDD/MCT board/PRN board.
3. Reboot system.
•	 If	error	still	persists	after	the	above,	save	
equipment individual data (requires log analysis), 
and replace the HDD.
Results code
0004 1F7C FMT Fatal error. Level 0 error occurred in formatter.
1. Check SDRAM capacity.
2. Check connection between the MTH board and 
HDD/MCT board/PRN board.
3. Reboot system.
•	 If	error	still	persists	after	the	above,	save	
equipment individual data (requires log analysis), 
and replace the HDD.
None
0004 1F7D PRT Run Timeout. Start timeout of printer.
1. Check SDRAM capacity.
2. Check connection between the MTH board and 
HDD/MCT board/PRN board.
3. Reboot system.
•	 If	error	still	persists	after	the	above,	save	
equipment individual data (requires log analysis), 
and replace the HDD.
None
0004 1F7E Printer/Driver Request Timeout. Timeout of command request for 
printer and driver.
1. Check SDRAM capacity.
2. Check connection between the MTH board and 
HDD/MCT board/PRN board.
3. Reboot system.
•	 If	error	still	persists	after	the	above,	save	
equipment individual data (requires log analysis), 
and replace the HDD.
None
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MT-69
MT-69006-267-11E
06.30.2011 FM5886
Error
code
Detailed 
code Log Significance Remedy Detailed information
0004 1F7F Unmatch Print ID at Print-
Request and Print-Reqponse.
No print ID for print request which 
matches print ID for print end 
response.
1. Check SDRAM capacity.
2. Check connection between the MTH board and 
HDD/MCT board/PRN board.
3. Reboot system.
•	 If	error	still	persists	after	the	above,	save	
equipment individual data (requires log analysis), 
and replace the HDD.
None
0004 1F80 PRT Run request failed. Error occurred with start printer 
command.
•	 Install	the	printer	from	the	M-Utility.
•	 Replace	the	MCT	board. None
0004 1F81 Memory Information failed at 
Transmit request.
Invalid memory information when 
requesting image transfer.
1. Check SDRAM capacity.
2. Check connection between the MTH board and 
HDD/MCT board/PRN board.
3. Reboot system.
•	 If	error	still	persists	after	the	above,	save	
equipment individual data (requires log analysis), 
and replace the HDD.
None
0004 1F82 No	File	Name	when	file	trans. Could	not	acquire	filename	in	image	
transfer.
1. Check connection between the MTH board and 
HDD/MCT board/PRN board.
2. Reboot system.
•	 If	error	occurs	after	the	above,	save	equipment	
individual data (requires log analysis), and replace 
the HDD.
None
0004 1F83 Density Result File save error. Failed in storing automatic density 
results	file.
1. Check connection between the MTH board and 
HDD/MCT board/PRN board.
2. Reboot system.
•	 If	error	occurs	after	the	above,	save	equipment	
individual data (requires log analysis), and replace 
the HDD.
None
0004 1F84 Density Calculate Process 
Failed.
Density correction calculation 
results are abnormal.
•	 Create	the	calibration	table	again	from	the	
M-Utility.
•	 Replace	the	film.
•	 Save	equipment	individual	data	(requires	log	
analysis).
None
DRYPIX 4000 Service Manual
MT-70
MT-70006-267-11E
06.30.2011 FM5886
Error
code
Detailed 
code Log Significance Remedy Detailed